WTP ERP PS FAQ
-
Upload
bikesh-gautam -
Category
Documents
-
view
213 -
download
0
Transcript of WTP ERP PS FAQ
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 128
BSNL
Quick Reference Manual Project System
Transmission Projects Reference Business Process No- BSNL_BBP_PS_TP
Version10
18042011
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 228
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 1 of 28
Version Control
Date Version Author Change Description
01 Abhinav Bhalla Draft02 Gaurav Verma Review
10 Rajesh JainRajeevSharma
Final Submission and agreement
The document has been prepared to be used by the following stake-holders
bull End Users Performing day to day transactions as per their Roles and Authorizations in SAPSystem
bull Business Process Owners ndash Respective Business Leaders involved in validating theprocess design
bull
Important Note
The information in this document is only meant to be a reference for ERP Process configured as per the BusinessProcess approved by BSNL Management for Project System Module and is not a complete description of the SAP product and its functionalities Its main purpose is to serve as a reference Document for User handholding andSupport
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 328
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 2 of 28
OverviewSAP Project System supports comprehensive functions for planning controlling and organizing
all the activities carried out during the course of a project It helps you manage your project
structures dates and costs throughout the entire project lifecycle Manual have list of Important
steps which help in handholding of end user to carry out smooth functionality in SAP Project
System
Prerequisites
bull Knowledge of navigating SAP systems
bull User ID in SAP PRD 500
bull Required Roles and Authorization
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 428
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 3 of 28
983124983137983138983148983141 983151983142 983107983151983150983156983141983150983156983155
1 GENERAL SAP FAQ- 6
11 FAQ - HOW TO RUN SAP ON MY SYSTEM 6
12 FAQ - I HAVE OPEN LOG ON PAD OF SAP WHERE SHOULD I CLICK TO WORK ON 6
13 FAQ - WHAT IS THE CLIENT NUMBER WHICH I NEED TO PUT 6
14 FAQ - HOW TO RESET MY PASSWORD 6
15 FAQ - AFTER LOG IN INTO SYSTEM WHERE SHOULD I CLICK 6
16 FAQ - HOW DO I GAIN ACCESS TO SAP 6
17 FAQ - WHO IS MY USER ADMINISTRATOR AND WHAT CAN THEY DO 6
18 FAQ - HOW DO I ACCESS SAP IF IT SAYS MY PASSWORD IS INCORRECT 6
19 FAQ - WHAT DO I DO IF I FORGET MY PASSWORD 6
110 FAQ - WHAT CAN I DO IF IM LOCKED OUT 6
111 FAQ - I AM JUST TRANSFERRED FROM ONE SSAAREA TO ANOTHER DO I NEEDANOTHER TO HAVE ANOTHER SAP ID 6
112 FAQ - WHAT IS THE TRANSACTION CODE WHAT DOES IT REFERS TO 7
113 FAQ - WHERE SHOULD I WRITE THE TRANSACTION CODE TO MOVE ONTO SCREEN 7
114 FAQ - WHAT DOES THE BUTTON AVAILABLE ON TOOLBAR IN INITIAL SCREEN REFERSTO 8
115 FAQ - WHAT IS THE MEANING OF REQUIRED DEFAULT INPUT GREY-OUT ANDOPTIONAL FIELDS REFERRING TO 10
116 FAQ - WHAT IS THE MEANING OF STATUS BAR 10
117 FAQ - WHAT DOES SAP USER SCREEN REFERS TO HOW CAN I SELECT SAME 11
118 FAQ - WHERE I CAN SEE MY SAP MAILBOX NOTESHEET TASK LIST TRAY 12
119 FAQ - WHAT ARE THE DIFFERENT KIND OF TOOL BAR BUTTONS AVAILABLE IN SAP ampIS THERE ANY KEYBOARD COMMAND FOR SAME 12
120 FAQ - I AM NOT AWARE WHAT VALUE DO I NEED TO FILL INTO THE FIELD 16
121 FAQ - HOW TO SEARCH FOR THE VALUE FOR A SINGLE FIELD 16
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 528
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 4 of 28
122 FAQ - WHEN I CLICK ON TO SEARCH FIELD I DO NOT SEE ANY VALUE I GOTANOTHER WINDOW 16
123 FAQ - I AM NOT AWARE WHAT VALUE DO I NEED TO FILL INTO THE FIELD 16
124 FAQ - I AM SEEING SO MANY VALUES NOT RELEVANT TO MY SELECTION HOW DO ISEE ONLY RELEVANT VALUES 18
125 FAQ - HOW DO I INSERT VALUES IN PERSONAL LIST 18
126 FAQ - HOW CAN I TAKE A PRINT OUT FROM SAP 20
127 FAQ - IrsquoM NOT ABLE TO TAKE A PRINT OUT FROM SAP 20
128 FAQ - I NEED TO TAKE A PRINT OUT OF A REPORT AVAILABLE IN SAP 20
129 FAQ - WHAT IS THE REPORT VARIANT 22
130 FAQ - HOW CAN I MAINTAIN A REPORT VARIANT 22
131 FAQ - I HAVE CERTAIN FIXED PARAMETERS IN REPORT IS THERE ANY WAY BY WHICHI CAN CALL TRANSACTION AND EXECUTE SAME WITHOUT ENTERING ANY SELECTIONPARAMETER 22
132 FAQ - I DO NOT NEED TO SEE ALL COLUMNS OF A REPORT CAN I GET THE REPORT WHICH IS SPECIFIC TO MY REQUIREMENTS 22
133 FAQ - I CALL UP THE REPORT BUT DO NOT WANT TO TAKE PRINT OUT OF ALLCOLUMNS HOW CAN I HIDE SAME AND TAKE A PRINT 22
134 FAQ - IN SYSTEM STATUS BAR MESSAGE IS COMING ldquoYOU ARE NOT AUTHORIZErdquo 25
2 PROJECT SYSTEM FAQ- 25
21 FAQ - WHICH TRANSACTION SHOULD I REFER TO CREATE THE PROJECT 25
22 FAQ - WHO ALL CAN CREATE THE PROJECT 25
23 FAQ - I AM A JTO IN TELECOM OFFICE I EXECUTE THE PROJECT AT MY LOCATION BUTIrsquoM NOT ABLE TO CREATE A SINGLE PROJECT 25
24 FAQ - AT WHICH TRANSACTION SHOULD I ATTACH SURVEY REPORT 26
25 FAQ - I HAVE ATTACHED THE DOCUMENT BUT IT IS NOT OPENING 26
26 FAQ - IN MY OLD FILES I USED NOTE-SHEET HOW CAN I CREATE NOTE-SHEET INTOSYSTEM 26
27 FAQ - I AM NOT ABLE TO SEE MY NOTE-SHEET FOR ALL CUTOVER PROJECTS 26
28 FAQ - WHAT SHOULD I ENTER IN SENT MAIL TO 26
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 628
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 5 of 28
29 FAQ - I HAVE ENTERED THE NOTE SHEET BUT IT IS VISIBLE PROPERLY TO THEPERSON I HAVE SENT 26
210 FAQ - I AM NOT ABLE TO DO THE GOOD ISSUE AGAINST PROJECT 27
211 FAQ - AT THE TIME GOODS ISSUE AGAINST RESERVATION I AM GETTING AN ERRORMESSAGE ldquoDOCUMENT DOES NOT CONTAIN ANY ITEMSrdquo 27
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 728
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 6 of 28
1 General SAP FAQ-
11 FAQ - How to run SAP on My System12 FAQ - I have open log on PAD of SAP where should I click to Work on13 FAQ - What is the client number which I need to put14 FAQ - How to reset my password15 FAQ - After Log in into System where should I click
Answer - Answer of all the above question (11 to 15) can be found in the attacheddocument which helps any user to run and navigate the SAP on to their system
16 FAQ - How do I gain access to SAP17 FAQ - Who is my User Administrator and what can they do18 FAQ - How do I access SAP if it says my password is incorrect19 FAQ - What do I do if I forget my password110 FAQ - What can I do if Im locked out111 FAQ - I am just transferred from one SSAArea to another do I need another
to have another SAP ID
Answer - Depending on the BSNL business needs of your position you and your
supervisor will determine the kind of access you need For example if you areresponsible for accounting you need access to run financial transaction Forordering materials you need MM or procurement access If you are responsible forpayroll you need access to one or several HRPayroll profiles Then you cancontact your User Administrator to create your SAP account which is an employeeid
Your User Administrator should be listed under your department Your UserAdministrator can sign you up for an SAP ID or can edit your profile The UserAccess can also change a profile for a positionroles and authorization in case you
have been transferred from one place to another In case you have been transferredonly roles and authorization shall be changed SAP user ID will remain same
In case you trying to login to SAP(Authentic Login) you get the message passwordincorrect first check your caps lock button is not on Passwords are case sensitiveand must be typed in properly If you still get the password incorrect messagecontact you system administrator for your password reset
SAP Logon amp
Navigationpdf
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 828
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 7 of 28
112 FAQ - What is the Transaction code what does it refers to
Answer - A transaction code is an alpha numeric character command that tells the system
location of atask Each SAP screen has a unique transaction code A transaction codemay contain only letters such as ZMPR or a combination of letters and numbers
such as me51
In SAP you can use transaction codes as a shortcut or alternative to using thenavigation path to get to a system task Type n followed by the transaction codeand press the EnterReturn key
For example instead of following the navigation path User Menu gtgt Role DGMgtgtPurchasing gtgt Requisitions gtgt Create a Requisition from the SAP User Menuscreen you can type nme51 in the Command field of any screen In either case theCreate Purchase Requisition Initial Screen is displayed
113 FAQ - Where should I write the Transaction code to move onto screen
Answer - Transaction Code should be entered into Command field
Command Field
The Command field is used to enter transaction codes that take you directly to asystem task without using menus Sometimes the Command field is closed bydefault To open it click the arrow to the left of the Save button To use it type thetransaction code in the blank field to the left and press enter
Closed Command Field
Open Command Field
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 928
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 8 of 28
114 FAQ - What does the button available on toolbar in Initial screen refers to
Answer - The SAP buttons displayed on the Toolbar provide quick access to
commonly used SAP functions If a Toolbar button is gray it is not available for useon that particular screen
Button KeyboardShortcut Description
EnterEnter key
Click on the Enter button when you want the system tovalidate your field entries and move to the next function
or screen in a system task Note that clicking
on Enter does not save the information you entered
(see Save below)
SaveCtrl S
Click on the Save button when you want to save data orsave changes to data in a system task
BackF3
Click on the Back button when you want to move back to
the previous screen or menu level
Exit
Shift F3
Click on the Exit button when you want to exit the currentmenu level or system task without saving the data
CancelF12
Click on the Cancel button when you want to cancel thedata you entered in the current system task
PrintCtrl P
Click on the Print button to print the SAP documentdisplayed on the screen
Find Ctrl F Click on the Find button (binoculars) when you want the
system to search for words and alphanumeric
combinations in the open document or display screen
Continue
Search
Ctrl G Use the Continue Search button (the binoculars with the
+ sign) to continue searching for a previously selected
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1028
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 9 of 28
search item
Paging These four Toolbar buttons are called the Paging buttonsYou use them to move through a long list or report
Ctrl Page Up To move to the first page click the button with two up
arrows
Page Up To move up one page click the button with the up arrow
Page Down To move down one page click the button with the downarrow
Ctrl Page Down To move to the last page click the button with two down
arrows
Help F1 The yellow question mark is the Help button It displays
generic (ie not MIT-specific) SAP Online Help Select a
field or message click the Help button and a definition of
the field or message will be displayed Not all fields havedefinitions and not all MIT workstations have the SAP
Online Help installed (due to disk space constraints on thespecific workstation)
(PC only)
None Create a new SAP session
(PC only)
Alt F12 Displays a menu that lets you change some of the options
on your PC such as cursor size and position Also allowsyou to print your screen (Hardcopy)
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1128
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 10 of 28
115 FAQ - What is the meaning of Required Default Input Grey-out andOptional fields referring to
Answer - SAP has three field types Required Default and Optional-
bull Required Entry fields are usually flagged with a tick mark You must enterdata in Required Entry fields in order to proceed with a system task
bull Default Entry fields already have a system entry However you may be able tooverwrite the system entry depending on the system task and or your SAPprofile
bull Grey-out Fields are those fields in which no data entry or data change isallowed These fields might have entry depending upon some other field data ormay be blank
bull Input EntryOptional Entry fields are those in which you may enter data but anentry is not required by the system in order to proceed with a system task SomeOptional Entry fields may become required depending on the values entered inother fields
116 FAQ - What is the meaning of status Bar
Answer - The Status Bar located at the bottom of the SAP screen displays systemmessages and other session information
The large field to the left displays system messages or errors such as Make an entryin all required fields Double-click on the message or click the red circle and adialogue box pops up that explains the message and what action to take
The second field defaults to display the system information such as system name(session number) and (client number) In the example above the system is PRD thesession number is (1) and the client number is (500)
If the Status Bar is closed on your PC click the arrow in the bottom right corner of
the screen to open it
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1228
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 11 of 28
To change the information displayed in this area click the Selection List button tothe right of the client number and select from the list that pops up
The third field to the right displays the host name for example PSE03ER1
The fourth field to the right indicates the input mode either overwrite or insertClick to switch between the two modes
117 FAQ - What Does SAP user Screen refers to how can I select same
Answer - There are one of two main screens you see when you first log on to SAP-
bull The SAP Menu screen which is the general screen delivered standard with SAP
bull The SAP User Menu screen is customized for BSNL transactions and shouldbe the default screen It displays at least three main menu folders labeled 1 Usermenu 2 Role (there may be more than one Roles folder) 3 Favorites
1 The User menu contains the Role folders and is personalized with your name2 The Role folder is the area menu such as Role DGM which contains transactionson the BSNL ERP System navigation menu You can have more than one Rolefolder depending on which area menus you are authorized to use
3 The Favorites folder can be used to store a list of your favorites ie frequentlyused transaction codes
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1328
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 12 of 28
118 FAQ - Where I can see my SAP Mailbox Notesheet task list tray
Answer - After login into system on the initial screen SAP mailbox Notesheet user task
tray can been seen by clicking onto SAP mailbox button available in system tray
119 FAQ - What are the Different kind of tool bar buttons available in SAP amp isthere any keyboard command for same
Answer - To display the button name and keyboard shortcut place the cursor overthe button Keyboard shortcuts may be different depending on the SAP function youare using
Standard Toolbar Buttons
Button
KeyboardShortcut Description Button
KeyboardShortcut Description
Enter key EnterContinue Ctrl G Continue Search
Ctrl S Save F1 Help
F3 Back Ctrl Page Up Scroll to top ofdocument
Shift F3 Exit System
Task Page Up
Scroll up onepage
F12 Cancel Page Down Scroll down one
page
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1428
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 13 of 28
Ctrl P Print Ctrl Page Down Scroll to last pageof document
Ctrl F Find (PC only) None
Create newsession
(PC only) Alt F12
Customize locallayout
Application Toolbar and Screen Buttons
Button
KeyboardShortcut Description Button
KeyboardShortcut Description
F8 Execute None UpdateRefresh
F5 Overview Shift F5 Get variant
Shift F2 Delete Shift F6 Selection screen help
Navigation Buttons
Button
Keyboard
Shortcut Description Button
Keyboard
Shortcut Description
Enter EnterContinueCopy F12 Cancel
F8 Scroll left Shift F1Shift F7
Scroll rightNext item
Ctrl Shift
F1 Move Favorites Up Ctrl Shift F2
Move FavoritesDown
Ctrl F7 Previous layout Ctrl F8 Next layout
Ctrl F10 User menu Ctrl F11 SAP menu
F6 Display Periodscreen
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1528
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 14 of 28
Matchcode Buttons
Button
Keyboard
Shortcut Description Button KeyboardShortcut Description
(Mac) F4 Display Matchcodelist (PC)
F4 Display Matchcode list
F6
Insert in personallist Click on anitem then on thebutton
Shift F6
Display personal valuelist After you create thepersonal list click on thebutton to end the list
Shift F6
Restores the
original Matchcodelist (PC only) Shift F4
Hold list displayed whileyou make a selection
Click on the button thendouble-click to select avalue
Working with Data
Button
KeyboardShortcut Description Button
KeyboardShortcut Description
Ctrl F1 Select all items onscreen Ctrl F2
Deselect all itemson screen
Ctrl F3
Startend of blockSelect the first itemclick the button Selectthe last item click thebutton
Ctrl F6 Display results
F7 Display all possiblevalues F8 Collapse all levels
Ctrl ShiftF5
Sort in ascending orderChange sort order todescending orascending (Fund Analysis rpt)
Ctrl ShiftF4
Sort in descendingorder
F2 Selection optionsChoose values gt lt etc Shift F4
Dynamic selectionsSelect additionalfields for searchcriteria
(Mac) F5
Display -gt ChangeSwitches from display tochange mode
Shift F5 Filter restrict valuesto search onMatchcode list
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1628
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 15 of 28
None
Multiple SelectionInclude or excludesingle values or rangesof values
None Replace item backinto workflow inWorkflow Inbox
Using Transactions (Reqs JVs etc)
Button
KeyboardShortcut Description Button
KeyboardShortcut Description
F6 Display headerdetails F2
Display line itemdetails
F2 Display additionalinfo for PO line item None
Services for object(Display JVs Reqs)
Shift F5Ctrl F12
General Statistics
(Reqs)PO History
Shift F5
Display delivery
schedule for a PO lineitem
Ctrl F11 Display deliveryaddress Shift F6
Display conditions for aPO line item
F7 Display the vendoraddress for a PO
Ctrl ShiftF6
Show release strategyfor PO
Formatting Text (Reqs JVs)
Button KeyboardShortcut Description Button KeyboardShortcut Description
Shift F2 Delete selection line (PC only)
Ctrl Shift F2 Copy text (JV lineitem)
(PC only) Ctrl Shift F1 Cut text (JV line item)
Ctrl F10
Shift F6 Item text (POs)Detailed text (JVs)
F9
Paste text into fieldafter you copy or cut itPosition the cursor andclick the button
(Mac only) Shift F4
Search andreplace words inthe JV text screen
F9 Select Click in a lineitem then on thebutton
F6 Create text (JVs)
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1728
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 16 of 28
120 FAQ - I am not aware what value do I need to fill into the field121 FAQ - How to search for the value for a single field122 FAQ - When I click on to Search field I am not do not see any value I got
another window123 FAQ - I am not aware what value do I need to fill into the field
Answer - For many entry fields but not all SAP provides a search function called aMatchcode Matchcodes allow you to select a value from a list or search for a valueby categories of data if there are many possibilitiesTo display the Matchcode button click in an entry field The Matchcode appears onthe right of the field
Types of Matchcodes -
Matchcodes fall into three basic categories
1) Short list or hit list
The values are listed on one screen For longer lists you may need to scroll down tosee all the values
2) Restrict Value Range
Many entries are available for the field A number of tabbed screens with differentcategories display so that you can enter your search criteria
3) Calendar search
A calendar-type dialog box is displayed so that you can select day month and yearThis is used in date fields such as invoice posting date
Hit List Matchcode -
This type of Matchcode is displayed for a list of values An example is theMatchcode for the Business Area field on the Create Project Initial Screenrdquo
bull Click on the Matchcode button in the Business Area field
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1828
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 17 of 28
bull Scroll down to see all values if necessarybull Double click on to a value such as 6101 to select it Same value shall get copied
into Business area field
Restrict Values
bull You can search the hit list for more than one value at a time for example allprofit center available in controlling are ldquo1000rdquo
bull Click the Enter buttonbull Result A list of the values you specified is displayed Double-click to select one
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1928
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 18 of 28
Calendar Search Matchcode-
Click on the Matchcode button The calendar dialog box displays the date on topand from left to right the monthyear week number and dates of the month
To change the month and year
bull Scroll up and down in the navigation bar on the right (see the month and yearchange in the left side of the box)
or
bull Click on either the month day or year displayed on the top Use the up anddown arrows on the right to change them See below
Double-click on the number of the day in the middle corresponding to the month
Result The entire date is copied into the entry field
124 FAQ - I am seeing so many values not relevant to my selection how do I seeonly relevant values
125 FAQ - How do I Insert Values in Personal List
Answer - You can restrict the values and customize your selection though addingthem into ldquoPersonal list optionrdquo
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2028
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 19 of 28
For example User wants to select the Company code during creation of Project forWestern telecom Project and he wants the company code to be inserted into hispersonal list He will follow the below steps
bull Select the value from the drop down list
bull Click on to insert the value in the personal list (Please select the values one
by one)
bull Click on Personal Value List icon to view the values listed in the Personal
list
Note Personal List will be used wherever you want to restrict the values to yourrelevant values only
bull You can move rename or delete favorites or Favorites folders Use the menu
path or Toolbar buttons described below to perform these tasks
Function Procedure
Create a Favorites folder Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Insert Folder
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2128
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 20 of 28
Move the Favorites folder to the bottom of the list of folders
Follow the menu path Extras gtgt SettingsSelect Display favorites at end of list
Move a favorite within a list offavorites
1 Select the favorite
2 Click the Down or Up buttons
Move a Favorites folder within
a list of Favorites folders
1 Select the Favorites folder
2 Click the Down or Up buttons
Rename a favorite See Renaming a Favorite
Rename a Favorites folder 1 Select the Favorites folder
2 Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Change or click
the Change Favorites button
3 Type in the new name and press the Enter button
Delete a favorite or Favoritesfolder
1 Select the favorite or Favorites folder2 Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Delete or click
the Delete Favorites button
126 FAQ - How Can I take a Print out from SAP127 FAQ - Irsquom not able to take a Print out from SAP128 FAQ - I need to take a Print out of a report available in SAP
Answer - Getting Hardcopy of SAP Data and Documents
SAP provides hardcopy output of the electronic data and documents stored in thesystem via the many SAP reports The printed reports are formatted and organizedfor use on paper
If you need a hardcopy of your SAP transactions or data you should use thesereports
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2228
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 21 of 28
bull Make sure you know approximately how many pages of output will be printedby paging through the report on the screen first You can also use the PrintPreview button available on the Print screen after you click on the Print
button
bull Make sure you know where you are printing The default printer in your userprofile is typically one close to your office Your user profile should have adefault printer If it doesnt you will be prompted to enter the printer name atthe time you print the report
bull When you click the Print button you will see a message in the Status Bar withthe print spool number Write down the print spool number You may need it ifthere is a print problem
bull Check the Output device field and make sure that the correct printer name andlocation are showing
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2328
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 22 of 28
bull Note down the Spool requested created at the status bar at the bottom of thescreen
bull Go to transaction SP02 to check the status of Print
129 FAQ - What is the report variant130 FAQ - How can I maintain a report variant131 FAQ - I have certain fixed parameters in Report is there any way by which I
can call transaction and execute same without entering any selectionparameter
132 FAQ - I do not need to see all columns of a report can I get the report whichis specific to my requirements
133 FAQ - I call up the report but do not want to take print out of all columnshow can I hide same and take a print
Answer -A report variant allows you to save the values that you entered into theselection fields on a report Once the variant is saved it can be used every time thereport is run To use a previously saved variant click on the Get Variant button andselect the desired variant The selection fields of the report are then pre-filled withthe values that were saved when the variant was created or last changed Each timeyou run the report using a variant you dont need to retype or select all the values inthe fields
You can create several variants for the same report each one containing differentvalues If you want to use identical selection criteria for multiple reports for
example the same range of cost objects you must create a separate variant for eachreport and then save it with the report where the values will be used
Creating a Report Variant
You can create a variant before a report In the following example a variant iscreated for the Project progress report though the procedure is the same for creatinga variant of any report
1 Enter the values that you want to save in the report fields
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2428
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 23 of 28
2 Click the Save as variant button
3 Type in the name of the variant
4 Type in a Description so that you and others can identify the variant
5 Click the Save button
bull Result The report screen returns with a message at the bottom that the varianthas been saved
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2528
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 24 of 28
Finding a Report Variant
1 Click the Get variant button on the report entry screen
Result A list of variants you searched for is displayed
2 Double-click on a variant to select it
3 Click the Execute button to run the report
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2628
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 25 of 28
134 FAQ - In system status bar message is coming ldquoYou are not authorizerdquo
Answer -When ever user is not authorized to carry out certain transaction system
pop up with the message ldquouser is not authorize to perform the taskrdquo
In case if you still want to take the authorization as a business need take a approvalof your supervisor and inform your system administrator with the approval
In certain cases you are authorized for the transaction but still system give you theerror message ldquoyou are not authorizedrdquo in that case immediately go to transactionSU53 take a screen shot and send same to your system administrator
2 Project System FAQ-
21 FAQ - Which transaction should I refer to create the project22 FAQ - Who all can create the Project23 FAQ - I am a JTO in Telecom office I execute the project at my location but
Irsquom not able to create a single Project
Answer -After log-in into system Go to transaction ldquoCJ01 ndash Create Project initialscreenrdquo to create the projectIn all the areas only EOrsquos and DErsquos are allowed to create the Project and its structure
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2728
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 26 of 28
24 FAQ - At which transaction should I attach survey report25 FAQ - I have attached the document but it is not opening
Answer -Any document related to Project can be attached via CV01n transaction
Note - Any document which need to be attached into SAP System against Project itshould be PDF MS office 2003 files (eg doc) or MS Office 2007 file (docx) only
26 FAQ - In my Old Files I have use used Note-sheet how can I create note-sheet into system
27 FAQ - I am not able to see my Note-sheet for all cutover projects28 FAQ - What should I enter in Sent mail to29 FAQ - I have entered the note sheet but it is visible properly to the person I
have sent
Answer - As in post ERP scenario note-sheet was widely used with every file sameway in ERP a note-sheet has been developed (transaction code ZPS_Notesheet)which will act in same way and can be used against each Project
To use an ERP note sheet just go to Transaction ZPS_notesheet then enter the WBSElement for which note sheet need to createdupdate Enter the HRMS number towhom it should be sent keeping in mind that the first digit from the HRMS numbershould be removed (in case HRMS number is not known same can be search viaclicking into match code button) Enter the comments in the Note sheet from the first
line ie without leaving any line in between as well as the first line and click on tosent button Note sheet will be available in SAP inbox of the person to whom it wassent to
Note - For all previous Project data (cutover project) note sheet has not beentaken into ERP and need to be referred manually by a respect person or the samecan be scanned and can be attached as document in ERP
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2828
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
210 FAQ - I am not able to do the Good Issue against project211 FAQ - At the time Goods issue against reservation I am getting an error
message ldquoDocument does not contain any itemsrdquo
Answer - Note that this issue might be there for projects related to ldquoCut OverrdquoOnly Next In order to overcome this issue please check the following settings andmake the necessary changes as shown below-
bull Go to T Code - CN22
bull Select the internal ActivitySelect the component Overview-Go to Component
overview details
bull Go to ldquoProcurement Parameterrdquo Tab
bull Check that the setting for ResPurchase Req is shown as ldquoNeverrdquo and as a result
the Indicator on ldquoMovement Allowedrdquo is not ticked
bull Change this setting manually to-
bull Save and then try the Goods Issue
bull The new settings will allow the Goods issue now
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 228
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 1 of 28
Version Control
Date Version Author Change Description
01 Abhinav Bhalla Draft02 Gaurav Verma Review
10 Rajesh JainRajeevSharma
Final Submission and agreement
The document has been prepared to be used by the following stake-holders
bull End Users Performing day to day transactions as per their Roles and Authorizations in SAPSystem
bull Business Process Owners ndash Respective Business Leaders involved in validating theprocess design
bull
Important Note
The information in this document is only meant to be a reference for ERP Process configured as per the BusinessProcess approved by BSNL Management for Project System Module and is not a complete description of the SAP product and its functionalities Its main purpose is to serve as a reference Document for User handholding andSupport
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 328
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 2 of 28
OverviewSAP Project System supports comprehensive functions for planning controlling and organizing
all the activities carried out during the course of a project It helps you manage your project
structures dates and costs throughout the entire project lifecycle Manual have list of Important
steps which help in handholding of end user to carry out smooth functionality in SAP Project
System
Prerequisites
bull Knowledge of navigating SAP systems
bull User ID in SAP PRD 500
bull Required Roles and Authorization
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 428
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 3 of 28
983124983137983138983148983141 983151983142 983107983151983150983156983141983150983156983155
1 GENERAL SAP FAQ- 6
11 FAQ - HOW TO RUN SAP ON MY SYSTEM 6
12 FAQ - I HAVE OPEN LOG ON PAD OF SAP WHERE SHOULD I CLICK TO WORK ON 6
13 FAQ - WHAT IS THE CLIENT NUMBER WHICH I NEED TO PUT 6
14 FAQ - HOW TO RESET MY PASSWORD 6
15 FAQ - AFTER LOG IN INTO SYSTEM WHERE SHOULD I CLICK 6
16 FAQ - HOW DO I GAIN ACCESS TO SAP 6
17 FAQ - WHO IS MY USER ADMINISTRATOR AND WHAT CAN THEY DO 6
18 FAQ - HOW DO I ACCESS SAP IF IT SAYS MY PASSWORD IS INCORRECT 6
19 FAQ - WHAT DO I DO IF I FORGET MY PASSWORD 6
110 FAQ - WHAT CAN I DO IF IM LOCKED OUT 6
111 FAQ - I AM JUST TRANSFERRED FROM ONE SSAAREA TO ANOTHER DO I NEEDANOTHER TO HAVE ANOTHER SAP ID 6
112 FAQ - WHAT IS THE TRANSACTION CODE WHAT DOES IT REFERS TO 7
113 FAQ - WHERE SHOULD I WRITE THE TRANSACTION CODE TO MOVE ONTO SCREEN 7
114 FAQ - WHAT DOES THE BUTTON AVAILABLE ON TOOLBAR IN INITIAL SCREEN REFERSTO 8
115 FAQ - WHAT IS THE MEANING OF REQUIRED DEFAULT INPUT GREY-OUT ANDOPTIONAL FIELDS REFERRING TO 10
116 FAQ - WHAT IS THE MEANING OF STATUS BAR 10
117 FAQ - WHAT DOES SAP USER SCREEN REFERS TO HOW CAN I SELECT SAME 11
118 FAQ - WHERE I CAN SEE MY SAP MAILBOX NOTESHEET TASK LIST TRAY 12
119 FAQ - WHAT ARE THE DIFFERENT KIND OF TOOL BAR BUTTONS AVAILABLE IN SAP ampIS THERE ANY KEYBOARD COMMAND FOR SAME 12
120 FAQ - I AM NOT AWARE WHAT VALUE DO I NEED TO FILL INTO THE FIELD 16
121 FAQ - HOW TO SEARCH FOR THE VALUE FOR A SINGLE FIELD 16
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 528
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 4 of 28
122 FAQ - WHEN I CLICK ON TO SEARCH FIELD I DO NOT SEE ANY VALUE I GOTANOTHER WINDOW 16
123 FAQ - I AM NOT AWARE WHAT VALUE DO I NEED TO FILL INTO THE FIELD 16
124 FAQ - I AM SEEING SO MANY VALUES NOT RELEVANT TO MY SELECTION HOW DO ISEE ONLY RELEVANT VALUES 18
125 FAQ - HOW DO I INSERT VALUES IN PERSONAL LIST 18
126 FAQ - HOW CAN I TAKE A PRINT OUT FROM SAP 20
127 FAQ - IrsquoM NOT ABLE TO TAKE A PRINT OUT FROM SAP 20
128 FAQ - I NEED TO TAKE A PRINT OUT OF A REPORT AVAILABLE IN SAP 20
129 FAQ - WHAT IS THE REPORT VARIANT 22
130 FAQ - HOW CAN I MAINTAIN A REPORT VARIANT 22
131 FAQ - I HAVE CERTAIN FIXED PARAMETERS IN REPORT IS THERE ANY WAY BY WHICHI CAN CALL TRANSACTION AND EXECUTE SAME WITHOUT ENTERING ANY SELECTIONPARAMETER 22
132 FAQ - I DO NOT NEED TO SEE ALL COLUMNS OF A REPORT CAN I GET THE REPORT WHICH IS SPECIFIC TO MY REQUIREMENTS 22
133 FAQ - I CALL UP THE REPORT BUT DO NOT WANT TO TAKE PRINT OUT OF ALLCOLUMNS HOW CAN I HIDE SAME AND TAKE A PRINT 22
134 FAQ - IN SYSTEM STATUS BAR MESSAGE IS COMING ldquoYOU ARE NOT AUTHORIZErdquo 25
2 PROJECT SYSTEM FAQ- 25
21 FAQ - WHICH TRANSACTION SHOULD I REFER TO CREATE THE PROJECT 25
22 FAQ - WHO ALL CAN CREATE THE PROJECT 25
23 FAQ - I AM A JTO IN TELECOM OFFICE I EXECUTE THE PROJECT AT MY LOCATION BUTIrsquoM NOT ABLE TO CREATE A SINGLE PROJECT 25
24 FAQ - AT WHICH TRANSACTION SHOULD I ATTACH SURVEY REPORT 26
25 FAQ - I HAVE ATTACHED THE DOCUMENT BUT IT IS NOT OPENING 26
26 FAQ - IN MY OLD FILES I USED NOTE-SHEET HOW CAN I CREATE NOTE-SHEET INTOSYSTEM 26
27 FAQ - I AM NOT ABLE TO SEE MY NOTE-SHEET FOR ALL CUTOVER PROJECTS 26
28 FAQ - WHAT SHOULD I ENTER IN SENT MAIL TO 26
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 628
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 5 of 28
29 FAQ - I HAVE ENTERED THE NOTE SHEET BUT IT IS VISIBLE PROPERLY TO THEPERSON I HAVE SENT 26
210 FAQ - I AM NOT ABLE TO DO THE GOOD ISSUE AGAINST PROJECT 27
211 FAQ - AT THE TIME GOODS ISSUE AGAINST RESERVATION I AM GETTING AN ERRORMESSAGE ldquoDOCUMENT DOES NOT CONTAIN ANY ITEMSrdquo 27
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 728
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 6 of 28
1 General SAP FAQ-
11 FAQ - How to run SAP on My System12 FAQ - I have open log on PAD of SAP where should I click to Work on13 FAQ - What is the client number which I need to put14 FAQ - How to reset my password15 FAQ - After Log in into System where should I click
Answer - Answer of all the above question (11 to 15) can be found in the attacheddocument which helps any user to run and navigate the SAP on to their system
16 FAQ - How do I gain access to SAP17 FAQ - Who is my User Administrator and what can they do18 FAQ - How do I access SAP if it says my password is incorrect19 FAQ - What do I do if I forget my password110 FAQ - What can I do if Im locked out111 FAQ - I am just transferred from one SSAArea to another do I need another
to have another SAP ID
Answer - Depending on the BSNL business needs of your position you and your
supervisor will determine the kind of access you need For example if you areresponsible for accounting you need access to run financial transaction Forordering materials you need MM or procurement access If you are responsible forpayroll you need access to one or several HRPayroll profiles Then you cancontact your User Administrator to create your SAP account which is an employeeid
Your User Administrator should be listed under your department Your UserAdministrator can sign you up for an SAP ID or can edit your profile The UserAccess can also change a profile for a positionroles and authorization in case you
have been transferred from one place to another In case you have been transferredonly roles and authorization shall be changed SAP user ID will remain same
In case you trying to login to SAP(Authentic Login) you get the message passwordincorrect first check your caps lock button is not on Passwords are case sensitiveand must be typed in properly If you still get the password incorrect messagecontact you system administrator for your password reset
SAP Logon amp
Navigationpdf
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 828
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 7 of 28
112 FAQ - What is the Transaction code what does it refers to
Answer - A transaction code is an alpha numeric character command that tells the system
location of atask Each SAP screen has a unique transaction code A transaction codemay contain only letters such as ZMPR or a combination of letters and numbers
such as me51
In SAP you can use transaction codes as a shortcut or alternative to using thenavigation path to get to a system task Type n followed by the transaction codeand press the EnterReturn key
For example instead of following the navigation path User Menu gtgt Role DGMgtgtPurchasing gtgt Requisitions gtgt Create a Requisition from the SAP User Menuscreen you can type nme51 in the Command field of any screen In either case theCreate Purchase Requisition Initial Screen is displayed
113 FAQ - Where should I write the Transaction code to move onto screen
Answer - Transaction Code should be entered into Command field
Command Field
The Command field is used to enter transaction codes that take you directly to asystem task without using menus Sometimes the Command field is closed bydefault To open it click the arrow to the left of the Save button To use it type thetransaction code in the blank field to the left and press enter
Closed Command Field
Open Command Field
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 928
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 8 of 28
114 FAQ - What does the button available on toolbar in Initial screen refers to
Answer - The SAP buttons displayed on the Toolbar provide quick access to
commonly used SAP functions If a Toolbar button is gray it is not available for useon that particular screen
Button KeyboardShortcut Description
EnterEnter key
Click on the Enter button when you want the system tovalidate your field entries and move to the next function
or screen in a system task Note that clicking
on Enter does not save the information you entered
(see Save below)
SaveCtrl S
Click on the Save button when you want to save data orsave changes to data in a system task
BackF3
Click on the Back button when you want to move back to
the previous screen or menu level
Exit
Shift F3
Click on the Exit button when you want to exit the currentmenu level or system task without saving the data
CancelF12
Click on the Cancel button when you want to cancel thedata you entered in the current system task
PrintCtrl P
Click on the Print button to print the SAP documentdisplayed on the screen
Find Ctrl F Click on the Find button (binoculars) when you want the
system to search for words and alphanumeric
combinations in the open document or display screen
Continue
Search
Ctrl G Use the Continue Search button (the binoculars with the
+ sign) to continue searching for a previously selected
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1028
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 9 of 28
search item
Paging These four Toolbar buttons are called the Paging buttonsYou use them to move through a long list or report
Ctrl Page Up To move to the first page click the button with two up
arrows
Page Up To move up one page click the button with the up arrow
Page Down To move down one page click the button with the downarrow
Ctrl Page Down To move to the last page click the button with two down
arrows
Help F1 The yellow question mark is the Help button It displays
generic (ie not MIT-specific) SAP Online Help Select a
field or message click the Help button and a definition of
the field or message will be displayed Not all fields havedefinitions and not all MIT workstations have the SAP
Online Help installed (due to disk space constraints on thespecific workstation)
(PC only)
None Create a new SAP session
(PC only)
Alt F12 Displays a menu that lets you change some of the options
on your PC such as cursor size and position Also allowsyou to print your screen (Hardcopy)
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1128
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 10 of 28
115 FAQ - What is the meaning of Required Default Input Grey-out andOptional fields referring to
Answer - SAP has three field types Required Default and Optional-
bull Required Entry fields are usually flagged with a tick mark You must enterdata in Required Entry fields in order to proceed with a system task
bull Default Entry fields already have a system entry However you may be able tooverwrite the system entry depending on the system task and or your SAPprofile
bull Grey-out Fields are those fields in which no data entry or data change isallowed These fields might have entry depending upon some other field data ormay be blank
bull Input EntryOptional Entry fields are those in which you may enter data but anentry is not required by the system in order to proceed with a system task SomeOptional Entry fields may become required depending on the values entered inother fields
116 FAQ - What is the meaning of status Bar
Answer - The Status Bar located at the bottom of the SAP screen displays systemmessages and other session information
The large field to the left displays system messages or errors such as Make an entryin all required fields Double-click on the message or click the red circle and adialogue box pops up that explains the message and what action to take
The second field defaults to display the system information such as system name(session number) and (client number) In the example above the system is PRD thesession number is (1) and the client number is (500)
If the Status Bar is closed on your PC click the arrow in the bottom right corner of
the screen to open it
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1228
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 11 of 28
To change the information displayed in this area click the Selection List button tothe right of the client number and select from the list that pops up
The third field to the right displays the host name for example PSE03ER1
The fourth field to the right indicates the input mode either overwrite or insertClick to switch between the two modes
117 FAQ - What Does SAP user Screen refers to how can I select same
Answer - There are one of two main screens you see when you first log on to SAP-
bull The SAP Menu screen which is the general screen delivered standard with SAP
bull The SAP User Menu screen is customized for BSNL transactions and shouldbe the default screen It displays at least three main menu folders labeled 1 Usermenu 2 Role (there may be more than one Roles folder) 3 Favorites
1 The User menu contains the Role folders and is personalized with your name2 The Role folder is the area menu such as Role DGM which contains transactionson the BSNL ERP System navigation menu You can have more than one Rolefolder depending on which area menus you are authorized to use
3 The Favorites folder can be used to store a list of your favorites ie frequentlyused transaction codes
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1328
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 12 of 28
118 FAQ - Where I can see my SAP Mailbox Notesheet task list tray
Answer - After login into system on the initial screen SAP mailbox Notesheet user task
tray can been seen by clicking onto SAP mailbox button available in system tray
119 FAQ - What are the Different kind of tool bar buttons available in SAP amp isthere any keyboard command for same
Answer - To display the button name and keyboard shortcut place the cursor overthe button Keyboard shortcuts may be different depending on the SAP function youare using
Standard Toolbar Buttons
Button
KeyboardShortcut Description Button
KeyboardShortcut Description
Enter key EnterContinue Ctrl G Continue Search
Ctrl S Save F1 Help
F3 Back Ctrl Page Up Scroll to top ofdocument
Shift F3 Exit System
Task Page Up
Scroll up onepage
F12 Cancel Page Down Scroll down one
page
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1428
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 13 of 28
Ctrl P Print Ctrl Page Down Scroll to last pageof document
Ctrl F Find (PC only) None
Create newsession
(PC only) Alt F12
Customize locallayout
Application Toolbar and Screen Buttons
Button
KeyboardShortcut Description Button
KeyboardShortcut Description
F8 Execute None UpdateRefresh
F5 Overview Shift F5 Get variant
Shift F2 Delete Shift F6 Selection screen help
Navigation Buttons
Button
Keyboard
Shortcut Description Button
Keyboard
Shortcut Description
Enter EnterContinueCopy F12 Cancel
F8 Scroll left Shift F1Shift F7
Scroll rightNext item
Ctrl Shift
F1 Move Favorites Up Ctrl Shift F2
Move FavoritesDown
Ctrl F7 Previous layout Ctrl F8 Next layout
Ctrl F10 User menu Ctrl F11 SAP menu
F6 Display Periodscreen
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1528
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 14 of 28
Matchcode Buttons
Button
Keyboard
Shortcut Description Button KeyboardShortcut Description
(Mac) F4 Display Matchcodelist (PC)
F4 Display Matchcode list
F6
Insert in personallist Click on anitem then on thebutton
Shift F6
Display personal valuelist After you create thepersonal list click on thebutton to end the list
Shift F6
Restores the
original Matchcodelist (PC only) Shift F4
Hold list displayed whileyou make a selection
Click on the button thendouble-click to select avalue
Working with Data
Button
KeyboardShortcut Description Button
KeyboardShortcut Description
Ctrl F1 Select all items onscreen Ctrl F2
Deselect all itemson screen
Ctrl F3
Startend of blockSelect the first itemclick the button Selectthe last item click thebutton
Ctrl F6 Display results
F7 Display all possiblevalues F8 Collapse all levels
Ctrl ShiftF5
Sort in ascending orderChange sort order todescending orascending (Fund Analysis rpt)
Ctrl ShiftF4
Sort in descendingorder
F2 Selection optionsChoose values gt lt etc Shift F4
Dynamic selectionsSelect additionalfields for searchcriteria
(Mac) F5
Display -gt ChangeSwitches from display tochange mode
Shift F5 Filter restrict valuesto search onMatchcode list
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1628
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 15 of 28
None
Multiple SelectionInclude or excludesingle values or rangesof values
None Replace item backinto workflow inWorkflow Inbox
Using Transactions (Reqs JVs etc)
Button
KeyboardShortcut Description Button
KeyboardShortcut Description
F6 Display headerdetails F2
Display line itemdetails
F2 Display additionalinfo for PO line item None
Services for object(Display JVs Reqs)
Shift F5Ctrl F12
General Statistics
(Reqs)PO History
Shift F5
Display delivery
schedule for a PO lineitem
Ctrl F11 Display deliveryaddress Shift F6
Display conditions for aPO line item
F7 Display the vendoraddress for a PO
Ctrl ShiftF6
Show release strategyfor PO
Formatting Text (Reqs JVs)
Button KeyboardShortcut Description Button KeyboardShortcut Description
Shift F2 Delete selection line (PC only)
Ctrl Shift F2 Copy text (JV lineitem)
(PC only) Ctrl Shift F1 Cut text (JV line item)
Ctrl F10
Shift F6 Item text (POs)Detailed text (JVs)
F9
Paste text into fieldafter you copy or cut itPosition the cursor andclick the button
(Mac only) Shift F4
Search andreplace words inthe JV text screen
F9 Select Click in a lineitem then on thebutton
F6 Create text (JVs)
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1728
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 16 of 28
120 FAQ - I am not aware what value do I need to fill into the field121 FAQ - How to search for the value for a single field122 FAQ - When I click on to Search field I am not do not see any value I got
another window123 FAQ - I am not aware what value do I need to fill into the field
Answer - For many entry fields but not all SAP provides a search function called aMatchcode Matchcodes allow you to select a value from a list or search for a valueby categories of data if there are many possibilitiesTo display the Matchcode button click in an entry field The Matchcode appears onthe right of the field
Types of Matchcodes -
Matchcodes fall into three basic categories
1) Short list or hit list
The values are listed on one screen For longer lists you may need to scroll down tosee all the values
2) Restrict Value Range
Many entries are available for the field A number of tabbed screens with differentcategories display so that you can enter your search criteria
3) Calendar search
A calendar-type dialog box is displayed so that you can select day month and yearThis is used in date fields such as invoice posting date
Hit List Matchcode -
This type of Matchcode is displayed for a list of values An example is theMatchcode for the Business Area field on the Create Project Initial Screenrdquo
bull Click on the Matchcode button in the Business Area field
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1828
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 17 of 28
bull Scroll down to see all values if necessarybull Double click on to a value such as 6101 to select it Same value shall get copied
into Business area field
Restrict Values
bull You can search the hit list for more than one value at a time for example allprofit center available in controlling are ldquo1000rdquo
bull Click the Enter buttonbull Result A list of the values you specified is displayed Double-click to select one
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1928
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 18 of 28
Calendar Search Matchcode-
Click on the Matchcode button The calendar dialog box displays the date on topand from left to right the monthyear week number and dates of the month
To change the month and year
bull Scroll up and down in the navigation bar on the right (see the month and yearchange in the left side of the box)
or
bull Click on either the month day or year displayed on the top Use the up anddown arrows on the right to change them See below
Double-click on the number of the day in the middle corresponding to the month
Result The entire date is copied into the entry field
124 FAQ - I am seeing so many values not relevant to my selection how do I seeonly relevant values
125 FAQ - How do I Insert Values in Personal List
Answer - You can restrict the values and customize your selection though addingthem into ldquoPersonal list optionrdquo
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2028
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 19 of 28
For example User wants to select the Company code during creation of Project forWestern telecom Project and he wants the company code to be inserted into hispersonal list He will follow the below steps
bull Select the value from the drop down list
bull Click on to insert the value in the personal list (Please select the values one
by one)
bull Click on Personal Value List icon to view the values listed in the Personal
list
Note Personal List will be used wherever you want to restrict the values to yourrelevant values only
bull You can move rename or delete favorites or Favorites folders Use the menu
path or Toolbar buttons described below to perform these tasks
Function Procedure
Create a Favorites folder Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Insert Folder
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2128
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 20 of 28
Move the Favorites folder to the bottom of the list of folders
Follow the menu path Extras gtgt SettingsSelect Display favorites at end of list
Move a favorite within a list offavorites
1 Select the favorite
2 Click the Down or Up buttons
Move a Favorites folder within
a list of Favorites folders
1 Select the Favorites folder
2 Click the Down or Up buttons
Rename a favorite See Renaming a Favorite
Rename a Favorites folder 1 Select the Favorites folder
2 Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Change or click
the Change Favorites button
3 Type in the new name and press the Enter button
Delete a favorite or Favoritesfolder
1 Select the favorite or Favorites folder2 Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Delete or click
the Delete Favorites button
126 FAQ - How Can I take a Print out from SAP127 FAQ - Irsquom not able to take a Print out from SAP128 FAQ - I need to take a Print out of a report available in SAP
Answer - Getting Hardcopy of SAP Data and Documents
SAP provides hardcopy output of the electronic data and documents stored in thesystem via the many SAP reports The printed reports are formatted and organizedfor use on paper
If you need a hardcopy of your SAP transactions or data you should use thesereports
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2228
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 21 of 28
bull Make sure you know approximately how many pages of output will be printedby paging through the report on the screen first You can also use the PrintPreview button available on the Print screen after you click on the Print
button
bull Make sure you know where you are printing The default printer in your userprofile is typically one close to your office Your user profile should have adefault printer If it doesnt you will be prompted to enter the printer name atthe time you print the report
bull When you click the Print button you will see a message in the Status Bar withthe print spool number Write down the print spool number You may need it ifthere is a print problem
bull Check the Output device field and make sure that the correct printer name andlocation are showing
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2328
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 22 of 28
bull Note down the Spool requested created at the status bar at the bottom of thescreen
bull Go to transaction SP02 to check the status of Print
129 FAQ - What is the report variant130 FAQ - How can I maintain a report variant131 FAQ - I have certain fixed parameters in Report is there any way by which I
can call transaction and execute same without entering any selectionparameter
132 FAQ - I do not need to see all columns of a report can I get the report whichis specific to my requirements
133 FAQ - I call up the report but do not want to take print out of all columnshow can I hide same and take a print
Answer -A report variant allows you to save the values that you entered into theselection fields on a report Once the variant is saved it can be used every time thereport is run To use a previously saved variant click on the Get Variant button andselect the desired variant The selection fields of the report are then pre-filled withthe values that were saved when the variant was created or last changed Each timeyou run the report using a variant you dont need to retype or select all the values inthe fields
You can create several variants for the same report each one containing differentvalues If you want to use identical selection criteria for multiple reports for
example the same range of cost objects you must create a separate variant for eachreport and then save it with the report where the values will be used
Creating a Report Variant
You can create a variant before a report In the following example a variant iscreated for the Project progress report though the procedure is the same for creatinga variant of any report
1 Enter the values that you want to save in the report fields
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2428
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 23 of 28
2 Click the Save as variant button
3 Type in the name of the variant
4 Type in a Description so that you and others can identify the variant
5 Click the Save button
bull Result The report screen returns with a message at the bottom that the varianthas been saved
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2528
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 24 of 28
Finding a Report Variant
1 Click the Get variant button on the report entry screen
Result A list of variants you searched for is displayed
2 Double-click on a variant to select it
3 Click the Execute button to run the report
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2628
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 25 of 28
134 FAQ - In system status bar message is coming ldquoYou are not authorizerdquo
Answer -When ever user is not authorized to carry out certain transaction system
pop up with the message ldquouser is not authorize to perform the taskrdquo
In case if you still want to take the authorization as a business need take a approvalof your supervisor and inform your system administrator with the approval
In certain cases you are authorized for the transaction but still system give you theerror message ldquoyou are not authorizedrdquo in that case immediately go to transactionSU53 take a screen shot and send same to your system administrator
2 Project System FAQ-
21 FAQ - Which transaction should I refer to create the project22 FAQ - Who all can create the Project23 FAQ - I am a JTO in Telecom office I execute the project at my location but
Irsquom not able to create a single Project
Answer -After log-in into system Go to transaction ldquoCJ01 ndash Create Project initialscreenrdquo to create the projectIn all the areas only EOrsquos and DErsquos are allowed to create the Project and its structure
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2728
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 26 of 28
24 FAQ - At which transaction should I attach survey report25 FAQ - I have attached the document but it is not opening
Answer -Any document related to Project can be attached via CV01n transaction
Note - Any document which need to be attached into SAP System against Project itshould be PDF MS office 2003 files (eg doc) or MS Office 2007 file (docx) only
26 FAQ - In my Old Files I have use used Note-sheet how can I create note-sheet into system
27 FAQ - I am not able to see my Note-sheet for all cutover projects28 FAQ - What should I enter in Sent mail to29 FAQ - I have entered the note sheet but it is visible properly to the person I
have sent
Answer - As in post ERP scenario note-sheet was widely used with every file sameway in ERP a note-sheet has been developed (transaction code ZPS_Notesheet)which will act in same way and can be used against each Project
To use an ERP note sheet just go to Transaction ZPS_notesheet then enter the WBSElement for which note sheet need to createdupdate Enter the HRMS number towhom it should be sent keeping in mind that the first digit from the HRMS numbershould be removed (in case HRMS number is not known same can be search viaclicking into match code button) Enter the comments in the Note sheet from the first
line ie without leaving any line in between as well as the first line and click on tosent button Note sheet will be available in SAP inbox of the person to whom it wassent to
Note - For all previous Project data (cutover project) note sheet has not beentaken into ERP and need to be referred manually by a respect person or the samecan be scanned and can be attached as document in ERP
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2828
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
210 FAQ - I am not able to do the Good Issue against project211 FAQ - At the time Goods issue against reservation I am getting an error
message ldquoDocument does not contain any itemsrdquo
Answer - Note that this issue might be there for projects related to ldquoCut OverrdquoOnly Next In order to overcome this issue please check the following settings andmake the necessary changes as shown below-
bull Go to T Code - CN22
bull Select the internal ActivitySelect the component Overview-Go to Component
overview details
bull Go to ldquoProcurement Parameterrdquo Tab
bull Check that the setting for ResPurchase Req is shown as ldquoNeverrdquo and as a result
the Indicator on ldquoMovement Allowedrdquo is not ticked
bull Change this setting manually to-
bull Save and then try the Goods Issue
bull The new settings will allow the Goods issue now
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 328
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 2 of 28
OverviewSAP Project System supports comprehensive functions for planning controlling and organizing
all the activities carried out during the course of a project It helps you manage your project
structures dates and costs throughout the entire project lifecycle Manual have list of Important
steps which help in handholding of end user to carry out smooth functionality in SAP Project
System
Prerequisites
bull Knowledge of navigating SAP systems
bull User ID in SAP PRD 500
bull Required Roles and Authorization
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 428
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 3 of 28
983124983137983138983148983141 983151983142 983107983151983150983156983141983150983156983155
1 GENERAL SAP FAQ- 6
11 FAQ - HOW TO RUN SAP ON MY SYSTEM 6
12 FAQ - I HAVE OPEN LOG ON PAD OF SAP WHERE SHOULD I CLICK TO WORK ON 6
13 FAQ - WHAT IS THE CLIENT NUMBER WHICH I NEED TO PUT 6
14 FAQ - HOW TO RESET MY PASSWORD 6
15 FAQ - AFTER LOG IN INTO SYSTEM WHERE SHOULD I CLICK 6
16 FAQ - HOW DO I GAIN ACCESS TO SAP 6
17 FAQ - WHO IS MY USER ADMINISTRATOR AND WHAT CAN THEY DO 6
18 FAQ - HOW DO I ACCESS SAP IF IT SAYS MY PASSWORD IS INCORRECT 6
19 FAQ - WHAT DO I DO IF I FORGET MY PASSWORD 6
110 FAQ - WHAT CAN I DO IF IM LOCKED OUT 6
111 FAQ - I AM JUST TRANSFERRED FROM ONE SSAAREA TO ANOTHER DO I NEEDANOTHER TO HAVE ANOTHER SAP ID 6
112 FAQ - WHAT IS THE TRANSACTION CODE WHAT DOES IT REFERS TO 7
113 FAQ - WHERE SHOULD I WRITE THE TRANSACTION CODE TO MOVE ONTO SCREEN 7
114 FAQ - WHAT DOES THE BUTTON AVAILABLE ON TOOLBAR IN INITIAL SCREEN REFERSTO 8
115 FAQ - WHAT IS THE MEANING OF REQUIRED DEFAULT INPUT GREY-OUT ANDOPTIONAL FIELDS REFERRING TO 10
116 FAQ - WHAT IS THE MEANING OF STATUS BAR 10
117 FAQ - WHAT DOES SAP USER SCREEN REFERS TO HOW CAN I SELECT SAME 11
118 FAQ - WHERE I CAN SEE MY SAP MAILBOX NOTESHEET TASK LIST TRAY 12
119 FAQ - WHAT ARE THE DIFFERENT KIND OF TOOL BAR BUTTONS AVAILABLE IN SAP ampIS THERE ANY KEYBOARD COMMAND FOR SAME 12
120 FAQ - I AM NOT AWARE WHAT VALUE DO I NEED TO FILL INTO THE FIELD 16
121 FAQ - HOW TO SEARCH FOR THE VALUE FOR A SINGLE FIELD 16
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 528
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 4 of 28
122 FAQ - WHEN I CLICK ON TO SEARCH FIELD I DO NOT SEE ANY VALUE I GOTANOTHER WINDOW 16
123 FAQ - I AM NOT AWARE WHAT VALUE DO I NEED TO FILL INTO THE FIELD 16
124 FAQ - I AM SEEING SO MANY VALUES NOT RELEVANT TO MY SELECTION HOW DO ISEE ONLY RELEVANT VALUES 18
125 FAQ - HOW DO I INSERT VALUES IN PERSONAL LIST 18
126 FAQ - HOW CAN I TAKE A PRINT OUT FROM SAP 20
127 FAQ - IrsquoM NOT ABLE TO TAKE A PRINT OUT FROM SAP 20
128 FAQ - I NEED TO TAKE A PRINT OUT OF A REPORT AVAILABLE IN SAP 20
129 FAQ - WHAT IS THE REPORT VARIANT 22
130 FAQ - HOW CAN I MAINTAIN A REPORT VARIANT 22
131 FAQ - I HAVE CERTAIN FIXED PARAMETERS IN REPORT IS THERE ANY WAY BY WHICHI CAN CALL TRANSACTION AND EXECUTE SAME WITHOUT ENTERING ANY SELECTIONPARAMETER 22
132 FAQ - I DO NOT NEED TO SEE ALL COLUMNS OF A REPORT CAN I GET THE REPORT WHICH IS SPECIFIC TO MY REQUIREMENTS 22
133 FAQ - I CALL UP THE REPORT BUT DO NOT WANT TO TAKE PRINT OUT OF ALLCOLUMNS HOW CAN I HIDE SAME AND TAKE A PRINT 22
134 FAQ - IN SYSTEM STATUS BAR MESSAGE IS COMING ldquoYOU ARE NOT AUTHORIZErdquo 25
2 PROJECT SYSTEM FAQ- 25
21 FAQ - WHICH TRANSACTION SHOULD I REFER TO CREATE THE PROJECT 25
22 FAQ - WHO ALL CAN CREATE THE PROJECT 25
23 FAQ - I AM A JTO IN TELECOM OFFICE I EXECUTE THE PROJECT AT MY LOCATION BUTIrsquoM NOT ABLE TO CREATE A SINGLE PROJECT 25
24 FAQ - AT WHICH TRANSACTION SHOULD I ATTACH SURVEY REPORT 26
25 FAQ - I HAVE ATTACHED THE DOCUMENT BUT IT IS NOT OPENING 26
26 FAQ - IN MY OLD FILES I USED NOTE-SHEET HOW CAN I CREATE NOTE-SHEET INTOSYSTEM 26
27 FAQ - I AM NOT ABLE TO SEE MY NOTE-SHEET FOR ALL CUTOVER PROJECTS 26
28 FAQ - WHAT SHOULD I ENTER IN SENT MAIL TO 26
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 628
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 5 of 28
29 FAQ - I HAVE ENTERED THE NOTE SHEET BUT IT IS VISIBLE PROPERLY TO THEPERSON I HAVE SENT 26
210 FAQ - I AM NOT ABLE TO DO THE GOOD ISSUE AGAINST PROJECT 27
211 FAQ - AT THE TIME GOODS ISSUE AGAINST RESERVATION I AM GETTING AN ERRORMESSAGE ldquoDOCUMENT DOES NOT CONTAIN ANY ITEMSrdquo 27
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 728
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 6 of 28
1 General SAP FAQ-
11 FAQ - How to run SAP on My System12 FAQ - I have open log on PAD of SAP where should I click to Work on13 FAQ - What is the client number which I need to put14 FAQ - How to reset my password15 FAQ - After Log in into System where should I click
Answer - Answer of all the above question (11 to 15) can be found in the attacheddocument which helps any user to run and navigate the SAP on to their system
16 FAQ - How do I gain access to SAP17 FAQ - Who is my User Administrator and what can they do18 FAQ - How do I access SAP if it says my password is incorrect19 FAQ - What do I do if I forget my password110 FAQ - What can I do if Im locked out111 FAQ - I am just transferred from one SSAArea to another do I need another
to have another SAP ID
Answer - Depending on the BSNL business needs of your position you and your
supervisor will determine the kind of access you need For example if you areresponsible for accounting you need access to run financial transaction Forordering materials you need MM or procurement access If you are responsible forpayroll you need access to one or several HRPayroll profiles Then you cancontact your User Administrator to create your SAP account which is an employeeid
Your User Administrator should be listed under your department Your UserAdministrator can sign you up for an SAP ID or can edit your profile The UserAccess can also change a profile for a positionroles and authorization in case you
have been transferred from one place to another In case you have been transferredonly roles and authorization shall be changed SAP user ID will remain same
In case you trying to login to SAP(Authentic Login) you get the message passwordincorrect first check your caps lock button is not on Passwords are case sensitiveand must be typed in properly If you still get the password incorrect messagecontact you system administrator for your password reset
SAP Logon amp
Navigationpdf
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 828
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 7 of 28
112 FAQ - What is the Transaction code what does it refers to
Answer - A transaction code is an alpha numeric character command that tells the system
location of atask Each SAP screen has a unique transaction code A transaction codemay contain only letters such as ZMPR or a combination of letters and numbers
such as me51
In SAP you can use transaction codes as a shortcut or alternative to using thenavigation path to get to a system task Type n followed by the transaction codeand press the EnterReturn key
For example instead of following the navigation path User Menu gtgt Role DGMgtgtPurchasing gtgt Requisitions gtgt Create a Requisition from the SAP User Menuscreen you can type nme51 in the Command field of any screen In either case theCreate Purchase Requisition Initial Screen is displayed
113 FAQ - Where should I write the Transaction code to move onto screen
Answer - Transaction Code should be entered into Command field
Command Field
The Command field is used to enter transaction codes that take you directly to asystem task without using menus Sometimes the Command field is closed bydefault To open it click the arrow to the left of the Save button To use it type thetransaction code in the blank field to the left and press enter
Closed Command Field
Open Command Field
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 928
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 8 of 28
114 FAQ - What does the button available on toolbar in Initial screen refers to
Answer - The SAP buttons displayed on the Toolbar provide quick access to
commonly used SAP functions If a Toolbar button is gray it is not available for useon that particular screen
Button KeyboardShortcut Description
EnterEnter key
Click on the Enter button when you want the system tovalidate your field entries and move to the next function
or screen in a system task Note that clicking
on Enter does not save the information you entered
(see Save below)
SaveCtrl S
Click on the Save button when you want to save data orsave changes to data in a system task
BackF3
Click on the Back button when you want to move back to
the previous screen or menu level
Exit
Shift F3
Click on the Exit button when you want to exit the currentmenu level or system task without saving the data
CancelF12
Click on the Cancel button when you want to cancel thedata you entered in the current system task
PrintCtrl P
Click on the Print button to print the SAP documentdisplayed on the screen
Find Ctrl F Click on the Find button (binoculars) when you want the
system to search for words and alphanumeric
combinations in the open document or display screen
Continue
Search
Ctrl G Use the Continue Search button (the binoculars with the
+ sign) to continue searching for a previously selected
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1028
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 9 of 28
search item
Paging These four Toolbar buttons are called the Paging buttonsYou use them to move through a long list or report
Ctrl Page Up To move to the first page click the button with two up
arrows
Page Up To move up one page click the button with the up arrow
Page Down To move down one page click the button with the downarrow
Ctrl Page Down To move to the last page click the button with two down
arrows
Help F1 The yellow question mark is the Help button It displays
generic (ie not MIT-specific) SAP Online Help Select a
field or message click the Help button and a definition of
the field or message will be displayed Not all fields havedefinitions and not all MIT workstations have the SAP
Online Help installed (due to disk space constraints on thespecific workstation)
(PC only)
None Create a new SAP session
(PC only)
Alt F12 Displays a menu that lets you change some of the options
on your PC such as cursor size and position Also allowsyou to print your screen (Hardcopy)
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1128
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 10 of 28
115 FAQ - What is the meaning of Required Default Input Grey-out andOptional fields referring to
Answer - SAP has three field types Required Default and Optional-
bull Required Entry fields are usually flagged with a tick mark You must enterdata in Required Entry fields in order to proceed with a system task
bull Default Entry fields already have a system entry However you may be able tooverwrite the system entry depending on the system task and or your SAPprofile
bull Grey-out Fields are those fields in which no data entry or data change isallowed These fields might have entry depending upon some other field data ormay be blank
bull Input EntryOptional Entry fields are those in which you may enter data but anentry is not required by the system in order to proceed with a system task SomeOptional Entry fields may become required depending on the values entered inother fields
116 FAQ - What is the meaning of status Bar
Answer - The Status Bar located at the bottom of the SAP screen displays systemmessages and other session information
The large field to the left displays system messages or errors such as Make an entryin all required fields Double-click on the message or click the red circle and adialogue box pops up that explains the message and what action to take
The second field defaults to display the system information such as system name(session number) and (client number) In the example above the system is PRD thesession number is (1) and the client number is (500)
If the Status Bar is closed on your PC click the arrow in the bottom right corner of
the screen to open it
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1228
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 11 of 28
To change the information displayed in this area click the Selection List button tothe right of the client number and select from the list that pops up
The third field to the right displays the host name for example PSE03ER1
The fourth field to the right indicates the input mode either overwrite or insertClick to switch between the two modes
117 FAQ - What Does SAP user Screen refers to how can I select same
Answer - There are one of two main screens you see when you first log on to SAP-
bull The SAP Menu screen which is the general screen delivered standard with SAP
bull The SAP User Menu screen is customized for BSNL transactions and shouldbe the default screen It displays at least three main menu folders labeled 1 Usermenu 2 Role (there may be more than one Roles folder) 3 Favorites
1 The User menu contains the Role folders and is personalized with your name2 The Role folder is the area menu such as Role DGM which contains transactionson the BSNL ERP System navigation menu You can have more than one Rolefolder depending on which area menus you are authorized to use
3 The Favorites folder can be used to store a list of your favorites ie frequentlyused transaction codes
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1328
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 12 of 28
118 FAQ - Where I can see my SAP Mailbox Notesheet task list tray
Answer - After login into system on the initial screen SAP mailbox Notesheet user task
tray can been seen by clicking onto SAP mailbox button available in system tray
119 FAQ - What are the Different kind of tool bar buttons available in SAP amp isthere any keyboard command for same
Answer - To display the button name and keyboard shortcut place the cursor overthe button Keyboard shortcuts may be different depending on the SAP function youare using
Standard Toolbar Buttons
Button
KeyboardShortcut Description Button
KeyboardShortcut Description
Enter key EnterContinue Ctrl G Continue Search
Ctrl S Save F1 Help
F3 Back Ctrl Page Up Scroll to top ofdocument
Shift F3 Exit System
Task Page Up
Scroll up onepage
F12 Cancel Page Down Scroll down one
page
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1428
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 13 of 28
Ctrl P Print Ctrl Page Down Scroll to last pageof document
Ctrl F Find (PC only) None
Create newsession
(PC only) Alt F12
Customize locallayout
Application Toolbar and Screen Buttons
Button
KeyboardShortcut Description Button
KeyboardShortcut Description
F8 Execute None UpdateRefresh
F5 Overview Shift F5 Get variant
Shift F2 Delete Shift F6 Selection screen help
Navigation Buttons
Button
Keyboard
Shortcut Description Button
Keyboard
Shortcut Description
Enter EnterContinueCopy F12 Cancel
F8 Scroll left Shift F1Shift F7
Scroll rightNext item
Ctrl Shift
F1 Move Favorites Up Ctrl Shift F2
Move FavoritesDown
Ctrl F7 Previous layout Ctrl F8 Next layout
Ctrl F10 User menu Ctrl F11 SAP menu
F6 Display Periodscreen
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1528
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 14 of 28
Matchcode Buttons
Button
Keyboard
Shortcut Description Button KeyboardShortcut Description
(Mac) F4 Display Matchcodelist (PC)
F4 Display Matchcode list
F6
Insert in personallist Click on anitem then on thebutton
Shift F6
Display personal valuelist After you create thepersonal list click on thebutton to end the list
Shift F6
Restores the
original Matchcodelist (PC only) Shift F4
Hold list displayed whileyou make a selection
Click on the button thendouble-click to select avalue
Working with Data
Button
KeyboardShortcut Description Button
KeyboardShortcut Description
Ctrl F1 Select all items onscreen Ctrl F2
Deselect all itemson screen
Ctrl F3
Startend of blockSelect the first itemclick the button Selectthe last item click thebutton
Ctrl F6 Display results
F7 Display all possiblevalues F8 Collapse all levels
Ctrl ShiftF5
Sort in ascending orderChange sort order todescending orascending (Fund Analysis rpt)
Ctrl ShiftF4
Sort in descendingorder
F2 Selection optionsChoose values gt lt etc Shift F4
Dynamic selectionsSelect additionalfields for searchcriteria
(Mac) F5
Display -gt ChangeSwitches from display tochange mode
Shift F5 Filter restrict valuesto search onMatchcode list
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1628
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 15 of 28
None
Multiple SelectionInclude or excludesingle values or rangesof values
None Replace item backinto workflow inWorkflow Inbox
Using Transactions (Reqs JVs etc)
Button
KeyboardShortcut Description Button
KeyboardShortcut Description
F6 Display headerdetails F2
Display line itemdetails
F2 Display additionalinfo for PO line item None
Services for object(Display JVs Reqs)
Shift F5Ctrl F12
General Statistics
(Reqs)PO History
Shift F5
Display delivery
schedule for a PO lineitem
Ctrl F11 Display deliveryaddress Shift F6
Display conditions for aPO line item
F7 Display the vendoraddress for a PO
Ctrl ShiftF6
Show release strategyfor PO
Formatting Text (Reqs JVs)
Button KeyboardShortcut Description Button KeyboardShortcut Description
Shift F2 Delete selection line (PC only)
Ctrl Shift F2 Copy text (JV lineitem)
(PC only) Ctrl Shift F1 Cut text (JV line item)
Ctrl F10
Shift F6 Item text (POs)Detailed text (JVs)
F9
Paste text into fieldafter you copy or cut itPosition the cursor andclick the button
(Mac only) Shift F4
Search andreplace words inthe JV text screen
F9 Select Click in a lineitem then on thebutton
F6 Create text (JVs)
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1728
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 16 of 28
120 FAQ - I am not aware what value do I need to fill into the field121 FAQ - How to search for the value for a single field122 FAQ - When I click on to Search field I am not do not see any value I got
another window123 FAQ - I am not aware what value do I need to fill into the field
Answer - For many entry fields but not all SAP provides a search function called aMatchcode Matchcodes allow you to select a value from a list or search for a valueby categories of data if there are many possibilitiesTo display the Matchcode button click in an entry field The Matchcode appears onthe right of the field
Types of Matchcodes -
Matchcodes fall into three basic categories
1) Short list or hit list
The values are listed on one screen For longer lists you may need to scroll down tosee all the values
2) Restrict Value Range
Many entries are available for the field A number of tabbed screens with differentcategories display so that you can enter your search criteria
3) Calendar search
A calendar-type dialog box is displayed so that you can select day month and yearThis is used in date fields such as invoice posting date
Hit List Matchcode -
This type of Matchcode is displayed for a list of values An example is theMatchcode for the Business Area field on the Create Project Initial Screenrdquo
bull Click on the Matchcode button in the Business Area field
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1828
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 17 of 28
bull Scroll down to see all values if necessarybull Double click on to a value such as 6101 to select it Same value shall get copied
into Business area field
Restrict Values
bull You can search the hit list for more than one value at a time for example allprofit center available in controlling are ldquo1000rdquo
bull Click the Enter buttonbull Result A list of the values you specified is displayed Double-click to select one
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1928
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 18 of 28
Calendar Search Matchcode-
Click on the Matchcode button The calendar dialog box displays the date on topand from left to right the monthyear week number and dates of the month
To change the month and year
bull Scroll up and down in the navigation bar on the right (see the month and yearchange in the left side of the box)
or
bull Click on either the month day or year displayed on the top Use the up anddown arrows on the right to change them See below
Double-click on the number of the day in the middle corresponding to the month
Result The entire date is copied into the entry field
124 FAQ - I am seeing so many values not relevant to my selection how do I seeonly relevant values
125 FAQ - How do I Insert Values in Personal List
Answer - You can restrict the values and customize your selection though addingthem into ldquoPersonal list optionrdquo
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2028
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 19 of 28
For example User wants to select the Company code during creation of Project forWestern telecom Project and he wants the company code to be inserted into hispersonal list He will follow the below steps
bull Select the value from the drop down list
bull Click on to insert the value in the personal list (Please select the values one
by one)
bull Click on Personal Value List icon to view the values listed in the Personal
list
Note Personal List will be used wherever you want to restrict the values to yourrelevant values only
bull You can move rename or delete favorites or Favorites folders Use the menu
path or Toolbar buttons described below to perform these tasks
Function Procedure
Create a Favorites folder Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Insert Folder
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2128
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 20 of 28
Move the Favorites folder to the bottom of the list of folders
Follow the menu path Extras gtgt SettingsSelect Display favorites at end of list
Move a favorite within a list offavorites
1 Select the favorite
2 Click the Down or Up buttons
Move a Favorites folder within
a list of Favorites folders
1 Select the Favorites folder
2 Click the Down or Up buttons
Rename a favorite See Renaming a Favorite
Rename a Favorites folder 1 Select the Favorites folder
2 Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Change or click
the Change Favorites button
3 Type in the new name and press the Enter button
Delete a favorite or Favoritesfolder
1 Select the favorite or Favorites folder2 Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Delete or click
the Delete Favorites button
126 FAQ - How Can I take a Print out from SAP127 FAQ - Irsquom not able to take a Print out from SAP128 FAQ - I need to take a Print out of a report available in SAP
Answer - Getting Hardcopy of SAP Data and Documents
SAP provides hardcopy output of the electronic data and documents stored in thesystem via the many SAP reports The printed reports are formatted and organizedfor use on paper
If you need a hardcopy of your SAP transactions or data you should use thesereports
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2228
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 21 of 28
bull Make sure you know approximately how many pages of output will be printedby paging through the report on the screen first You can also use the PrintPreview button available on the Print screen after you click on the Print
button
bull Make sure you know where you are printing The default printer in your userprofile is typically one close to your office Your user profile should have adefault printer If it doesnt you will be prompted to enter the printer name atthe time you print the report
bull When you click the Print button you will see a message in the Status Bar withthe print spool number Write down the print spool number You may need it ifthere is a print problem
bull Check the Output device field and make sure that the correct printer name andlocation are showing
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2328
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 22 of 28
bull Note down the Spool requested created at the status bar at the bottom of thescreen
bull Go to transaction SP02 to check the status of Print
129 FAQ - What is the report variant130 FAQ - How can I maintain a report variant131 FAQ - I have certain fixed parameters in Report is there any way by which I
can call transaction and execute same without entering any selectionparameter
132 FAQ - I do not need to see all columns of a report can I get the report whichis specific to my requirements
133 FAQ - I call up the report but do not want to take print out of all columnshow can I hide same and take a print
Answer -A report variant allows you to save the values that you entered into theselection fields on a report Once the variant is saved it can be used every time thereport is run To use a previously saved variant click on the Get Variant button andselect the desired variant The selection fields of the report are then pre-filled withthe values that were saved when the variant was created or last changed Each timeyou run the report using a variant you dont need to retype or select all the values inthe fields
You can create several variants for the same report each one containing differentvalues If you want to use identical selection criteria for multiple reports for
example the same range of cost objects you must create a separate variant for eachreport and then save it with the report where the values will be used
Creating a Report Variant
You can create a variant before a report In the following example a variant iscreated for the Project progress report though the procedure is the same for creatinga variant of any report
1 Enter the values that you want to save in the report fields
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2428
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 23 of 28
2 Click the Save as variant button
3 Type in the name of the variant
4 Type in a Description so that you and others can identify the variant
5 Click the Save button
bull Result The report screen returns with a message at the bottom that the varianthas been saved
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2528
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 24 of 28
Finding a Report Variant
1 Click the Get variant button on the report entry screen
Result A list of variants you searched for is displayed
2 Double-click on a variant to select it
3 Click the Execute button to run the report
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2628
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 25 of 28
134 FAQ - In system status bar message is coming ldquoYou are not authorizerdquo
Answer -When ever user is not authorized to carry out certain transaction system
pop up with the message ldquouser is not authorize to perform the taskrdquo
In case if you still want to take the authorization as a business need take a approvalof your supervisor and inform your system administrator with the approval
In certain cases you are authorized for the transaction but still system give you theerror message ldquoyou are not authorizedrdquo in that case immediately go to transactionSU53 take a screen shot and send same to your system administrator
2 Project System FAQ-
21 FAQ - Which transaction should I refer to create the project22 FAQ - Who all can create the Project23 FAQ - I am a JTO in Telecom office I execute the project at my location but
Irsquom not able to create a single Project
Answer -After log-in into system Go to transaction ldquoCJ01 ndash Create Project initialscreenrdquo to create the projectIn all the areas only EOrsquos and DErsquos are allowed to create the Project and its structure
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2728
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 26 of 28
24 FAQ - At which transaction should I attach survey report25 FAQ - I have attached the document but it is not opening
Answer -Any document related to Project can be attached via CV01n transaction
Note - Any document which need to be attached into SAP System against Project itshould be PDF MS office 2003 files (eg doc) or MS Office 2007 file (docx) only
26 FAQ - In my Old Files I have use used Note-sheet how can I create note-sheet into system
27 FAQ - I am not able to see my Note-sheet for all cutover projects28 FAQ - What should I enter in Sent mail to29 FAQ - I have entered the note sheet but it is visible properly to the person I
have sent
Answer - As in post ERP scenario note-sheet was widely used with every file sameway in ERP a note-sheet has been developed (transaction code ZPS_Notesheet)which will act in same way and can be used against each Project
To use an ERP note sheet just go to Transaction ZPS_notesheet then enter the WBSElement for which note sheet need to createdupdate Enter the HRMS number towhom it should be sent keeping in mind that the first digit from the HRMS numbershould be removed (in case HRMS number is not known same can be search viaclicking into match code button) Enter the comments in the Note sheet from the first
line ie without leaving any line in between as well as the first line and click on tosent button Note sheet will be available in SAP inbox of the person to whom it wassent to
Note - For all previous Project data (cutover project) note sheet has not beentaken into ERP and need to be referred manually by a respect person or the samecan be scanned and can be attached as document in ERP
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2828
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
210 FAQ - I am not able to do the Good Issue against project211 FAQ - At the time Goods issue against reservation I am getting an error
message ldquoDocument does not contain any itemsrdquo
Answer - Note that this issue might be there for projects related to ldquoCut OverrdquoOnly Next In order to overcome this issue please check the following settings andmake the necessary changes as shown below-
bull Go to T Code - CN22
bull Select the internal ActivitySelect the component Overview-Go to Component
overview details
bull Go to ldquoProcurement Parameterrdquo Tab
bull Check that the setting for ResPurchase Req is shown as ldquoNeverrdquo and as a result
the Indicator on ldquoMovement Allowedrdquo is not ticked
bull Change this setting manually to-
bull Save and then try the Goods Issue
bull The new settings will allow the Goods issue now
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 428
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 3 of 28
983124983137983138983148983141 983151983142 983107983151983150983156983141983150983156983155
1 GENERAL SAP FAQ- 6
11 FAQ - HOW TO RUN SAP ON MY SYSTEM 6
12 FAQ - I HAVE OPEN LOG ON PAD OF SAP WHERE SHOULD I CLICK TO WORK ON 6
13 FAQ - WHAT IS THE CLIENT NUMBER WHICH I NEED TO PUT 6
14 FAQ - HOW TO RESET MY PASSWORD 6
15 FAQ - AFTER LOG IN INTO SYSTEM WHERE SHOULD I CLICK 6
16 FAQ - HOW DO I GAIN ACCESS TO SAP 6
17 FAQ - WHO IS MY USER ADMINISTRATOR AND WHAT CAN THEY DO 6
18 FAQ - HOW DO I ACCESS SAP IF IT SAYS MY PASSWORD IS INCORRECT 6
19 FAQ - WHAT DO I DO IF I FORGET MY PASSWORD 6
110 FAQ - WHAT CAN I DO IF IM LOCKED OUT 6
111 FAQ - I AM JUST TRANSFERRED FROM ONE SSAAREA TO ANOTHER DO I NEEDANOTHER TO HAVE ANOTHER SAP ID 6
112 FAQ - WHAT IS THE TRANSACTION CODE WHAT DOES IT REFERS TO 7
113 FAQ - WHERE SHOULD I WRITE THE TRANSACTION CODE TO MOVE ONTO SCREEN 7
114 FAQ - WHAT DOES THE BUTTON AVAILABLE ON TOOLBAR IN INITIAL SCREEN REFERSTO 8
115 FAQ - WHAT IS THE MEANING OF REQUIRED DEFAULT INPUT GREY-OUT ANDOPTIONAL FIELDS REFERRING TO 10
116 FAQ - WHAT IS THE MEANING OF STATUS BAR 10
117 FAQ - WHAT DOES SAP USER SCREEN REFERS TO HOW CAN I SELECT SAME 11
118 FAQ - WHERE I CAN SEE MY SAP MAILBOX NOTESHEET TASK LIST TRAY 12
119 FAQ - WHAT ARE THE DIFFERENT KIND OF TOOL BAR BUTTONS AVAILABLE IN SAP ampIS THERE ANY KEYBOARD COMMAND FOR SAME 12
120 FAQ - I AM NOT AWARE WHAT VALUE DO I NEED TO FILL INTO THE FIELD 16
121 FAQ - HOW TO SEARCH FOR THE VALUE FOR A SINGLE FIELD 16
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 528
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 4 of 28
122 FAQ - WHEN I CLICK ON TO SEARCH FIELD I DO NOT SEE ANY VALUE I GOTANOTHER WINDOW 16
123 FAQ - I AM NOT AWARE WHAT VALUE DO I NEED TO FILL INTO THE FIELD 16
124 FAQ - I AM SEEING SO MANY VALUES NOT RELEVANT TO MY SELECTION HOW DO ISEE ONLY RELEVANT VALUES 18
125 FAQ - HOW DO I INSERT VALUES IN PERSONAL LIST 18
126 FAQ - HOW CAN I TAKE A PRINT OUT FROM SAP 20
127 FAQ - IrsquoM NOT ABLE TO TAKE A PRINT OUT FROM SAP 20
128 FAQ - I NEED TO TAKE A PRINT OUT OF A REPORT AVAILABLE IN SAP 20
129 FAQ - WHAT IS THE REPORT VARIANT 22
130 FAQ - HOW CAN I MAINTAIN A REPORT VARIANT 22
131 FAQ - I HAVE CERTAIN FIXED PARAMETERS IN REPORT IS THERE ANY WAY BY WHICHI CAN CALL TRANSACTION AND EXECUTE SAME WITHOUT ENTERING ANY SELECTIONPARAMETER 22
132 FAQ - I DO NOT NEED TO SEE ALL COLUMNS OF A REPORT CAN I GET THE REPORT WHICH IS SPECIFIC TO MY REQUIREMENTS 22
133 FAQ - I CALL UP THE REPORT BUT DO NOT WANT TO TAKE PRINT OUT OF ALLCOLUMNS HOW CAN I HIDE SAME AND TAKE A PRINT 22
134 FAQ - IN SYSTEM STATUS BAR MESSAGE IS COMING ldquoYOU ARE NOT AUTHORIZErdquo 25
2 PROJECT SYSTEM FAQ- 25
21 FAQ - WHICH TRANSACTION SHOULD I REFER TO CREATE THE PROJECT 25
22 FAQ - WHO ALL CAN CREATE THE PROJECT 25
23 FAQ - I AM A JTO IN TELECOM OFFICE I EXECUTE THE PROJECT AT MY LOCATION BUTIrsquoM NOT ABLE TO CREATE A SINGLE PROJECT 25
24 FAQ - AT WHICH TRANSACTION SHOULD I ATTACH SURVEY REPORT 26
25 FAQ - I HAVE ATTACHED THE DOCUMENT BUT IT IS NOT OPENING 26
26 FAQ - IN MY OLD FILES I USED NOTE-SHEET HOW CAN I CREATE NOTE-SHEET INTOSYSTEM 26
27 FAQ - I AM NOT ABLE TO SEE MY NOTE-SHEET FOR ALL CUTOVER PROJECTS 26
28 FAQ - WHAT SHOULD I ENTER IN SENT MAIL TO 26
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 628
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 5 of 28
29 FAQ - I HAVE ENTERED THE NOTE SHEET BUT IT IS VISIBLE PROPERLY TO THEPERSON I HAVE SENT 26
210 FAQ - I AM NOT ABLE TO DO THE GOOD ISSUE AGAINST PROJECT 27
211 FAQ - AT THE TIME GOODS ISSUE AGAINST RESERVATION I AM GETTING AN ERRORMESSAGE ldquoDOCUMENT DOES NOT CONTAIN ANY ITEMSrdquo 27
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 728
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 6 of 28
1 General SAP FAQ-
11 FAQ - How to run SAP on My System12 FAQ - I have open log on PAD of SAP where should I click to Work on13 FAQ - What is the client number which I need to put14 FAQ - How to reset my password15 FAQ - After Log in into System where should I click
Answer - Answer of all the above question (11 to 15) can be found in the attacheddocument which helps any user to run and navigate the SAP on to their system
16 FAQ - How do I gain access to SAP17 FAQ - Who is my User Administrator and what can they do18 FAQ - How do I access SAP if it says my password is incorrect19 FAQ - What do I do if I forget my password110 FAQ - What can I do if Im locked out111 FAQ - I am just transferred from one SSAArea to another do I need another
to have another SAP ID
Answer - Depending on the BSNL business needs of your position you and your
supervisor will determine the kind of access you need For example if you areresponsible for accounting you need access to run financial transaction Forordering materials you need MM or procurement access If you are responsible forpayroll you need access to one or several HRPayroll profiles Then you cancontact your User Administrator to create your SAP account which is an employeeid
Your User Administrator should be listed under your department Your UserAdministrator can sign you up for an SAP ID or can edit your profile The UserAccess can also change a profile for a positionroles and authorization in case you
have been transferred from one place to another In case you have been transferredonly roles and authorization shall be changed SAP user ID will remain same
In case you trying to login to SAP(Authentic Login) you get the message passwordincorrect first check your caps lock button is not on Passwords are case sensitiveand must be typed in properly If you still get the password incorrect messagecontact you system administrator for your password reset
SAP Logon amp
Navigationpdf
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 828
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 7 of 28
112 FAQ - What is the Transaction code what does it refers to
Answer - A transaction code is an alpha numeric character command that tells the system
location of atask Each SAP screen has a unique transaction code A transaction codemay contain only letters such as ZMPR or a combination of letters and numbers
such as me51
In SAP you can use transaction codes as a shortcut or alternative to using thenavigation path to get to a system task Type n followed by the transaction codeand press the EnterReturn key
For example instead of following the navigation path User Menu gtgt Role DGMgtgtPurchasing gtgt Requisitions gtgt Create a Requisition from the SAP User Menuscreen you can type nme51 in the Command field of any screen In either case theCreate Purchase Requisition Initial Screen is displayed
113 FAQ - Where should I write the Transaction code to move onto screen
Answer - Transaction Code should be entered into Command field
Command Field
The Command field is used to enter transaction codes that take you directly to asystem task without using menus Sometimes the Command field is closed bydefault To open it click the arrow to the left of the Save button To use it type thetransaction code in the blank field to the left and press enter
Closed Command Field
Open Command Field
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 928
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 8 of 28
114 FAQ - What does the button available on toolbar in Initial screen refers to
Answer - The SAP buttons displayed on the Toolbar provide quick access to
commonly used SAP functions If a Toolbar button is gray it is not available for useon that particular screen
Button KeyboardShortcut Description
EnterEnter key
Click on the Enter button when you want the system tovalidate your field entries and move to the next function
or screen in a system task Note that clicking
on Enter does not save the information you entered
(see Save below)
SaveCtrl S
Click on the Save button when you want to save data orsave changes to data in a system task
BackF3
Click on the Back button when you want to move back to
the previous screen or menu level
Exit
Shift F3
Click on the Exit button when you want to exit the currentmenu level or system task without saving the data
CancelF12
Click on the Cancel button when you want to cancel thedata you entered in the current system task
PrintCtrl P
Click on the Print button to print the SAP documentdisplayed on the screen
Find Ctrl F Click on the Find button (binoculars) when you want the
system to search for words and alphanumeric
combinations in the open document or display screen
Continue
Search
Ctrl G Use the Continue Search button (the binoculars with the
+ sign) to continue searching for a previously selected
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1028
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 9 of 28
search item
Paging These four Toolbar buttons are called the Paging buttonsYou use them to move through a long list or report
Ctrl Page Up To move to the first page click the button with two up
arrows
Page Up To move up one page click the button with the up arrow
Page Down To move down one page click the button with the downarrow
Ctrl Page Down To move to the last page click the button with two down
arrows
Help F1 The yellow question mark is the Help button It displays
generic (ie not MIT-specific) SAP Online Help Select a
field or message click the Help button and a definition of
the field or message will be displayed Not all fields havedefinitions and not all MIT workstations have the SAP
Online Help installed (due to disk space constraints on thespecific workstation)
(PC only)
None Create a new SAP session
(PC only)
Alt F12 Displays a menu that lets you change some of the options
on your PC such as cursor size and position Also allowsyou to print your screen (Hardcopy)
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1128
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 10 of 28
115 FAQ - What is the meaning of Required Default Input Grey-out andOptional fields referring to
Answer - SAP has three field types Required Default and Optional-
bull Required Entry fields are usually flagged with a tick mark You must enterdata in Required Entry fields in order to proceed with a system task
bull Default Entry fields already have a system entry However you may be able tooverwrite the system entry depending on the system task and or your SAPprofile
bull Grey-out Fields are those fields in which no data entry or data change isallowed These fields might have entry depending upon some other field data ormay be blank
bull Input EntryOptional Entry fields are those in which you may enter data but anentry is not required by the system in order to proceed with a system task SomeOptional Entry fields may become required depending on the values entered inother fields
116 FAQ - What is the meaning of status Bar
Answer - The Status Bar located at the bottom of the SAP screen displays systemmessages and other session information
The large field to the left displays system messages or errors such as Make an entryin all required fields Double-click on the message or click the red circle and adialogue box pops up that explains the message and what action to take
The second field defaults to display the system information such as system name(session number) and (client number) In the example above the system is PRD thesession number is (1) and the client number is (500)
If the Status Bar is closed on your PC click the arrow in the bottom right corner of
the screen to open it
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1228
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 11 of 28
To change the information displayed in this area click the Selection List button tothe right of the client number and select from the list that pops up
The third field to the right displays the host name for example PSE03ER1
The fourth field to the right indicates the input mode either overwrite or insertClick to switch between the two modes
117 FAQ - What Does SAP user Screen refers to how can I select same
Answer - There are one of two main screens you see when you first log on to SAP-
bull The SAP Menu screen which is the general screen delivered standard with SAP
bull The SAP User Menu screen is customized for BSNL transactions and shouldbe the default screen It displays at least three main menu folders labeled 1 Usermenu 2 Role (there may be more than one Roles folder) 3 Favorites
1 The User menu contains the Role folders and is personalized with your name2 The Role folder is the area menu such as Role DGM which contains transactionson the BSNL ERP System navigation menu You can have more than one Rolefolder depending on which area menus you are authorized to use
3 The Favorites folder can be used to store a list of your favorites ie frequentlyused transaction codes
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1328
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 12 of 28
118 FAQ - Where I can see my SAP Mailbox Notesheet task list tray
Answer - After login into system on the initial screen SAP mailbox Notesheet user task
tray can been seen by clicking onto SAP mailbox button available in system tray
119 FAQ - What are the Different kind of tool bar buttons available in SAP amp isthere any keyboard command for same
Answer - To display the button name and keyboard shortcut place the cursor overthe button Keyboard shortcuts may be different depending on the SAP function youare using
Standard Toolbar Buttons
Button
KeyboardShortcut Description Button
KeyboardShortcut Description
Enter key EnterContinue Ctrl G Continue Search
Ctrl S Save F1 Help
F3 Back Ctrl Page Up Scroll to top ofdocument
Shift F3 Exit System
Task Page Up
Scroll up onepage
F12 Cancel Page Down Scroll down one
page
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1428
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 13 of 28
Ctrl P Print Ctrl Page Down Scroll to last pageof document
Ctrl F Find (PC only) None
Create newsession
(PC only) Alt F12
Customize locallayout
Application Toolbar and Screen Buttons
Button
KeyboardShortcut Description Button
KeyboardShortcut Description
F8 Execute None UpdateRefresh
F5 Overview Shift F5 Get variant
Shift F2 Delete Shift F6 Selection screen help
Navigation Buttons
Button
Keyboard
Shortcut Description Button
Keyboard
Shortcut Description
Enter EnterContinueCopy F12 Cancel
F8 Scroll left Shift F1Shift F7
Scroll rightNext item
Ctrl Shift
F1 Move Favorites Up Ctrl Shift F2
Move FavoritesDown
Ctrl F7 Previous layout Ctrl F8 Next layout
Ctrl F10 User menu Ctrl F11 SAP menu
F6 Display Periodscreen
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1528
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 14 of 28
Matchcode Buttons
Button
Keyboard
Shortcut Description Button KeyboardShortcut Description
(Mac) F4 Display Matchcodelist (PC)
F4 Display Matchcode list
F6
Insert in personallist Click on anitem then on thebutton
Shift F6
Display personal valuelist After you create thepersonal list click on thebutton to end the list
Shift F6
Restores the
original Matchcodelist (PC only) Shift F4
Hold list displayed whileyou make a selection
Click on the button thendouble-click to select avalue
Working with Data
Button
KeyboardShortcut Description Button
KeyboardShortcut Description
Ctrl F1 Select all items onscreen Ctrl F2
Deselect all itemson screen
Ctrl F3
Startend of blockSelect the first itemclick the button Selectthe last item click thebutton
Ctrl F6 Display results
F7 Display all possiblevalues F8 Collapse all levels
Ctrl ShiftF5
Sort in ascending orderChange sort order todescending orascending (Fund Analysis rpt)
Ctrl ShiftF4
Sort in descendingorder
F2 Selection optionsChoose values gt lt etc Shift F4
Dynamic selectionsSelect additionalfields for searchcriteria
(Mac) F5
Display -gt ChangeSwitches from display tochange mode
Shift F5 Filter restrict valuesto search onMatchcode list
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1628
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 15 of 28
None
Multiple SelectionInclude or excludesingle values or rangesof values
None Replace item backinto workflow inWorkflow Inbox
Using Transactions (Reqs JVs etc)
Button
KeyboardShortcut Description Button
KeyboardShortcut Description
F6 Display headerdetails F2
Display line itemdetails
F2 Display additionalinfo for PO line item None
Services for object(Display JVs Reqs)
Shift F5Ctrl F12
General Statistics
(Reqs)PO History
Shift F5
Display delivery
schedule for a PO lineitem
Ctrl F11 Display deliveryaddress Shift F6
Display conditions for aPO line item
F7 Display the vendoraddress for a PO
Ctrl ShiftF6
Show release strategyfor PO
Formatting Text (Reqs JVs)
Button KeyboardShortcut Description Button KeyboardShortcut Description
Shift F2 Delete selection line (PC only)
Ctrl Shift F2 Copy text (JV lineitem)
(PC only) Ctrl Shift F1 Cut text (JV line item)
Ctrl F10
Shift F6 Item text (POs)Detailed text (JVs)
F9
Paste text into fieldafter you copy or cut itPosition the cursor andclick the button
(Mac only) Shift F4
Search andreplace words inthe JV text screen
F9 Select Click in a lineitem then on thebutton
F6 Create text (JVs)
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1728
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 16 of 28
120 FAQ - I am not aware what value do I need to fill into the field121 FAQ - How to search for the value for a single field122 FAQ - When I click on to Search field I am not do not see any value I got
another window123 FAQ - I am not aware what value do I need to fill into the field
Answer - For many entry fields but not all SAP provides a search function called aMatchcode Matchcodes allow you to select a value from a list or search for a valueby categories of data if there are many possibilitiesTo display the Matchcode button click in an entry field The Matchcode appears onthe right of the field
Types of Matchcodes -
Matchcodes fall into three basic categories
1) Short list or hit list
The values are listed on one screen For longer lists you may need to scroll down tosee all the values
2) Restrict Value Range
Many entries are available for the field A number of tabbed screens with differentcategories display so that you can enter your search criteria
3) Calendar search
A calendar-type dialog box is displayed so that you can select day month and yearThis is used in date fields such as invoice posting date
Hit List Matchcode -
This type of Matchcode is displayed for a list of values An example is theMatchcode for the Business Area field on the Create Project Initial Screenrdquo
bull Click on the Matchcode button in the Business Area field
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1828
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 17 of 28
bull Scroll down to see all values if necessarybull Double click on to a value such as 6101 to select it Same value shall get copied
into Business area field
Restrict Values
bull You can search the hit list for more than one value at a time for example allprofit center available in controlling are ldquo1000rdquo
bull Click the Enter buttonbull Result A list of the values you specified is displayed Double-click to select one
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1928
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 18 of 28
Calendar Search Matchcode-
Click on the Matchcode button The calendar dialog box displays the date on topand from left to right the monthyear week number and dates of the month
To change the month and year
bull Scroll up and down in the navigation bar on the right (see the month and yearchange in the left side of the box)
or
bull Click on either the month day or year displayed on the top Use the up anddown arrows on the right to change them See below
Double-click on the number of the day in the middle corresponding to the month
Result The entire date is copied into the entry field
124 FAQ - I am seeing so many values not relevant to my selection how do I seeonly relevant values
125 FAQ - How do I Insert Values in Personal List
Answer - You can restrict the values and customize your selection though addingthem into ldquoPersonal list optionrdquo
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2028
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 19 of 28
For example User wants to select the Company code during creation of Project forWestern telecom Project and he wants the company code to be inserted into hispersonal list He will follow the below steps
bull Select the value from the drop down list
bull Click on to insert the value in the personal list (Please select the values one
by one)
bull Click on Personal Value List icon to view the values listed in the Personal
list
Note Personal List will be used wherever you want to restrict the values to yourrelevant values only
bull You can move rename or delete favorites or Favorites folders Use the menu
path or Toolbar buttons described below to perform these tasks
Function Procedure
Create a Favorites folder Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Insert Folder
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2128
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 20 of 28
Move the Favorites folder to the bottom of the list of folders
Follow the menu path Extras gtgt SettingsSelect Display favorites at end of list
Move a favorite within a list offavorites
1 Select the favorite
2 Click the Down or Up buttons
Move a Favorites folder within
a list of Favorites folders
1 Select the Favorites folder
2 Click the Down or Up buttons
Rename a favorite See Renaming a Favorite
Rename a Favorites folder 1 Select the Favorites folder
2 Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Change or click
the Change Favorites button
3 Type in the new name and press the Enter button
Delete a favorite or Favoritesfolder
1 Select the favorite or Favorites folder2 Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Delete or click
the Delete Favorites button
126 FAQ - How Can I take a Print out from SAP127 FAQ - Irsquom not able to take a Print out from SAP128 FAQ - I need to take a Print out of a report available in SAP
Answer - Getting Hardcopy of SAP Data and Documents
SAP provides hardcopy output of the electronic data and documents stored in thesystem via the many SAP reports The printed reports are formatted and organizedfor use on paper
If you need a hardcopy of your SAP transactions or data you should use thesereports
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2228
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 21 of 28
bull Make sure you know approximately how many pages of output will be printedby paging through the report on the screen first You can also use the PrintPreview button available on the Print screen after you click on the Print
button
bull Make sure you know where you are printing The default printer in your userprofile is typically one close to your office Your user profile should have adefault printer If it doesnt you will be prompted to enter the printer name atthe time you print the report
bull When you click the Print button you will see a message in the Status Bar withthe print spool number Write down the print spool number You may need it ifthere is a print problem
bull Check the Output device field and make sure that the correct printer name andlocation are showing
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2328
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 22 of 28
bull Note down the Spool requested created at the status bar at the bottom of thescreen
bull Go to transaction SP02 to check the status of Print
129 FAQ - What is the report variant130 FAQ - How can I maintain a report variant131 FAQ - I have certain fixed parameters in Report is there any way by which I
can call transaction and execute same without entering any selectionparameter
132 FAQ - I do not need to see all columns of a report can I get the report whichis specific to my requirements
133 FAQ - I call up the report but do not want to take print out of all columnshow can I hide same and take a print
Answer -A report variant allows you to save the values that you entered into theselection fields on a report Once the variant is saved it can be used every time thereport is run To use a previously saved variant click on the Get Variant button andselect the desired variant The selection fields of the report are then pre-filled withthe values that were saved when the variant was created or last changed Each timeyou run the report using a variant you dont need to retype or select all the values inthe fields
You can create several variants for the same report each one containing differentvalues If you want to use identical selection criteria for multiple reports for
example the same range of cost objects you must create a separate variant for eachreport and then save it with the report where the values will be used
Creating a Report Variant
You can create a variant before a report In the following example a variant iscreated for the Project progress report though the procedure is the same for creatinga variant of any report
1 Enter the values that you want to save in the report fields
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2428
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 23 of 28
2 Click the Save as variant button
3 Type in the name of the variant
4 Type in a Description so that you and others can identify the variant
5 Click the Save button
bull Result The report screen returns with a message at the bottom that the varianthas been saved
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2528
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 24 of 28
Finding a Report Variant
1 Click the Get variant button on the report entry screen
Result A list of variants you searched for is displayed
2 Double-click on a variant to select it
3 Click the Execute button to run the report
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2628
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 25 of 28
134 FAQ - In system status bar message is coming ldquoYou are not authorizerdquo
Answer -When ever user is not authorized to carry out certain transaction system
pop up with the message ldquouser is not authorize to perform the taskrdquo
In case if you still want to take the authorization as a business need take a approvalof your supervisor and inform your system administrator with the approval
In certain cases you are authorized for the transaction but still system give you theerror message ldquoyou are not authorizedrdquo in that case immediately go to transactionSU53 take a screen shot and send same to your system administrator
2 Project System FAQ-
21 FAQ - Which transaction should I refer to create the project22 FAQ - Who all can create the Project23 FAQ - I am a JTO in Telecom office I execute the project at my location but
Irsquom not able to create a single Project
Answer -After log-in into system Go to transaction ldquoCJ01 ndash Create Project initialscreenrdquo to create the projectIn all the areas only EOrsquos and DErsquos are allowed to create the Project and its structure
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2728
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 26 of 28
24 FAQ - At which transaction should I attach survey report25 FAQ - I have attached the document but it is not opening
Answer -Any document related to Project can be attached via CV01n transaction
Note - Any document which need to be attached into SAP System against Project itshould be PDF MS office 2003 files (eg doc) or MS Office 2007 file (docx) only
26 FAQ - In my Old Files I have use used Note-sheet how can I create note-sheet into system
27 FAQ - I am not able to see my Note-sheet for all cutover projects28 FAQ - What should I enter in Sent mail to29 FAQ - I have entered the note sheet but it is visible properly to the person I
have sent
Answer - As in post ERP scenario note-sheet was widely used with every file sameway in ERP a note-sheet has been developed (transaction code ZPS_Notesheet)which will act in same way and can be used against each Project
To use an ERP note sheet just go to Transaction ZPS_notesheet then enter the WBSElement for which note sheet need to createdupdate Enter the HRMS number towhom it should be sent keeping in mind that the first digit from the HRMS numbershould be removed (in case HRMS number is not known same can be search viaclicking into match code button) Enter the comments in the Note sheet from the first
line ie without leaving any line in between as well as the first line and click on tosent button Note sheet will be available in SAP inbox of the person to whom it wassent to
Note - For all previous Project data (cutover project) note sheet has not beentaken into ERP and need to be referred manually by a respect person or the samecan be scanned and can be attached as document in ERP
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2828
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
210 FAQ - I am not able to do the Good Issue against project211 FAQ - At the time Goods issue against reservation I am getting an error
message ldquoDocument does not contain any itemsrdquo
Answer - Note that this issue might be there for projects related to ldquoCut OverrdquoOnly Next In order to overcome this issue please check the following settings andmake the necessary changes as shown below-
bull Go to T Code - CN22
bull Select the internal ActivitySelect the component Overview-Go to Component
overview details
bull Go to ldquoProcurement Parameterrdquo Tab
bull Check that the setting for ResPurchase Req is shown as ldquoNeverrdquo and as a result
the Indicator on ldquoMovement Allowedrdquo is not ticked
bull Change this setting manually to-
bull Save and then try the Goods Issue
bull The new settings will allow the Goods issue now
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 528
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 4 of 28
122 FAQ - WHEN I CLICK ON TO SEARCH FIELD I DO NOT SEE ANY VALUE I GOTANOTHER WINDOW 16
123 FAQ - I AM NOT AWARE WHAT VALUE DO I NEED TO FILL INTO THE FIELD 16
124 FAQ - I AM SEEING SO MANY VALUES NOT RELEVANT TO MY SELECTION HOW DO ISEE ONLY RELEVANT VALUES 18
125 FAQ - HOW DO I INSERT VALUES IN PERSONAL LIST 18
126 FAQ - HOW CAN I TAKE A PRINT OUT FROM SAP 20
127 FAQ - IrsquoM NOT ABLE TO TAKE A PRINT OUT FROM SAP 20
128 FAQ - I NEED TO TAKE A PRINT OUT OF A REPORT AVAILABLE IN SAP 20
129 FAQ - WHAT IS THE REPORT VARIANT 22
130 FAQ - HOW CAN I MAINTAIN A REPORT VARIANT 22
131 FAQ - I HAVE CERTAIN FIXED PARAMETERS IN REPORT IS THERE ANY WAY BY WHICHI CAN CALL TRANSACTION AND EXECUTE SAME WITHOUT ENTERING ANY SELECTIONPARAMETER 22
132 FAQ - I DO NOT NEED TO SEE ALL COLUMNS OF A REPORT CAN I GET THE REPORT WHICH IS SPECIFIC TO MY REQUIREMENTS 22
133 FAQ - I CALL UP THE REPORT BUT DO NOT WANT TO TAKE PRINT OUT OF ALLCOLUMNS HOW CAN I HIDE SAME AND TAKE A PRINT 22
134 FAQ - IN SYSTEM STATUS BAR MESSAGE IS COMING ldquoYOU ARE NOT AUTHORIZErdquo 25
2 PROJECT SYSTEM FAQ- 25
21 FAQ - WHICH TRANSACTION SHOULD I REFER TO CREATE THE PROJECT 25
22 FAQ - WHO ALL CAN CREATE THE PROJECT 25
23 FAQ - I AM A JTO IN TELECOM OFFICE I EXECUTE THE PROJECT AT MY LOCATION BUTIrsquoM NOT ABLE TO CREATE A SINGLE PROJECT 25
24 FAQ - AT WHICH TRANSACTION SHOULD I ATTACH SURVEY REPORT 26
25 FAQ - I HAVE ATTACHED THE DOCUMENT BUT IT IS NOT OPENING 26
26 FAQ - IN MY OLD FILES I USED NOTE-SHEET HOW CAN I CREATE NOTE-SHEET INTOSYSTEM 26
27 FAQ - I AM NOT ABLE TO SEE MY NOTE-SHEET FOR ALL CUTOVER PROJECTS 26
28 FAQ - WHAT SHOULD I ENTER IN SENT MAIL TO 26
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 628
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 5 of 28
29 FAQ - I HAVE ENTERED THE NOTE SHEET BUT IT IS VISIBLE PROPERLY TO THEPERSON I HAVE SENT 26
210 FAQ - I AM NOT ABLE TO DO THE GOOD ISSUE AGAINST PROJECT 27
211 FAQ - AT THE TIME GOODS ISSUE AGAINST RESERVATION I AM GETTING AN ERRORMESSAGE ldquoDOCUMENT DOES NOT CONTAIN ANY ITEMSrdquo 27
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 728
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 6 of 28
1 General SAP FAQ-
11 FAQ - How to run SAP on My System12 FAQ - I have open log on PAD of SAP where should I click to Work on13 FAQ - What is the client number which I need to put14 FAQ - How to reset my password15 FAQ - After Log in into System where should I click
Answer - Answer of all the above question (11 to 15) can be found in the attacheddocument which helps any user to run and navigate the SAP on to their system
16 FAQ - How do I gain access to SAP17 FAQ - Who is my User Administrator and what can they do18 FAQ - How do I access SAP if it says my password is incorrect19 FAQ - What do I do if I forget my password110 FAQ - What can I do if Im locked out111 FAQ - I am just transferred from one SSAArea to another do I need another
to have another SAP ID
Answer - Depending on the BSNL business needs of your position you and your
supervisor will determine the kind of access you need For example if you areresponsible for accounting you need access to run financial transaction Forordering materials you need MM or procurement access If you are responsible forpayroll you need access to one or several HRPayroll profiles Then you cancontact your User Administrator to create your SAP account which is an employeeid
Your User Administrator should be listed under your department Your UserAdministrator can sign you up for an SAP ID or can edit your profile The UserAccess can also change a profile for a positionroles and authorization in case you
have been transferred from one place to another In case you have been transferredonly roles and authorization shall be changed SAP user ID will remain same
In case you trying to login to SAP(Authentic Login) you get the message passwordincorrect first check your caps lock button is not on Passwords are case sensitiveand must be typed in properly If you still get the password incorrect messagecontact you system administrator for your password reset
SAP Logon amp
Navigationpdf
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 828
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 7 of 28
112 FAQ - What is the Transaction code what does it refers to
Answer - A transaction code is an alpha numeric character command that tells the system
location of atask Each SAP screen has a unique transaction code A transaction codemay contain only letters such as ZMPR or a combination of letters and numbers
such as me51
In SAP you can use transaction codes as a shortcut or alternative to using thenavigation path to get to a system task Type n followed by the transaction codeand press the EnterReturn key
For example instead of following the navigation path User Menu gtgt Role DGMgtgtPurchasing gtgt Requisitions gtgt Create a Requisition from the SAP User Menuscreen you can type nme51 in the Command field of any screen In either case theCreate Purchase Requisition Initial Screen is displayed
113 FAQ - Where should I write the Transaction code to move onto screen
Answer - Transaction Code should be entered into Command field
Command Field
The Command field is used to enter transaction codes that take you directly to asystem task without using menus Sometimes the Command field is closed bydefault To open it click the arrow to the left of the Save button To use it type thetransaction code in the blank field to the left and press enter
Closed Command Field
Open Command Field
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 928
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 8 of 28
114 FAQ - What does the button available on toolbar in Initial screen refers to
Answer - The SAP buttons displayed on the Toolbar provide quick access to
commonly used SAP functions If a Toolbar button is gray it is not available for useon that particular screen
Button KeyboardShortcut Description
EnterEnter key
Click on the Enter button when you want the system tovalidate your field entries and move to the next function
or screen in a system task Note that clicking
on Enter does not save the information you entered
(see Save below)
SaveCtrl S
Click on the Save button when you want to save data orsave changes to data in a system task
BackF3
Click on the Back button when you want to move back to
the previous screen or menu level
Exit
Shift F3
Click on the Exit button when you want to exit the currentmenu level or system task without saving the data
CancelF12
Click on the Cancel button when you want to cancel thedata you entered in the current system task
PrintCtrl P
Click on the Print button to print the SAP documentdisplayed on the screen
Find Ctrl F Click on the Find button (binoculars) when you want the
system to search for words and alphanumeric
combinations in the open document or display screen
Continue
Search
Ctrl G Use the Continue Search button (the binoculars with the
+ sign) to continue searching for a previously selected
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1028
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 9 of 28
search item
Paging These four Toolbar buttons are called the Paging buttonsYou use them to move through a long list or report
Ctrl Page Up To move to the first page click the button with two up
arrows
Page Up To move up one page click the button with the up arrow
Page Down To move down one page click the button with the downarrow
Ctrl Page Down To move to the last page click the button with two down
arrows
Help F1 The yellow question mark is the Help button It displays
generic (ie not MIT-specific) SAP Online Help Select a
field or message click the Help button and a definition of
the field or message will be displayed Not all fields havedefinitions and not all MIT workstations have the SAP
Online Help installed (due to disk space constraints on thespecific workstation)
(PC only)
None Create a new SAP session
(PC only)
Alt F12 Displays a menu that lets you change some of the options
on your PC such as cursor size and position Also allowsyou to print your screen (Hardcopy)
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1128
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 10 of 28
115 FAQ - What is the meaning of Required Default Input Grey-out andOptional fields referring to
Answer - SAP has three field types Required Default and Optional-
bull Required Entry fields are usually flagged with a tick mark You must enterdata in Required Entry fields in order to proceed with a system task
bull Default Entry fields already have a system entry However you may be able tooverwrite the system entry depending on the system task and or your SAPprofile
bull Grey-out Fields are those fields in which no data entry or data change isallowed These fields might have entry depending upon some other field data ormay be blank
bull Input EntryOptional Entry fields are those in which you may enter data but anentry is not required by the system in order to proceed with a system task SomeOptional Entry fields may become required depending on the values entered inother fields
116 FAQ - What is the meaning of status Bar
Answer - The Status Bar located at the bottom of the SAP screen displays systemmessages and other session information
The large field to the left displays system messages or errors such as Make an entryin all required fields Double-click on the message or click the red circle and adialogue box pops up that explains the message and what action to take
The second field defaults to display the system information such as system name(session number) and (client number) In the example above the system is PRD thesession number is (1) and the client number is (500)
If the Status Bar is closed on your PC click the arrow in the bottom right corner of
the screen to open it
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1228
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 11 of 28
To change the information displayed in this area click the Selection List button tothe right of the client number and select from the list that pops up
The third field to the right displays the host name for example PSE03ER1
The fourth field to the right indicates the input mode either overwrite or insertClick to switch between the two modes
117 FAQ - What Does SAP user Screen refers to how can I select same
Answer - There are one of two main screens you see when you first log on to SAP-
bull The SAP Menu screen which is the general screen delivered standard with SAP
bull The SAP User Menu screen is customized for BSNL transactions and shouldbe the default screen It displays at least three main menu folders labeled 1 Usermenu 2 Role (there may be more than one Roles folder) 3 Favorites
1 The User menu contains the Role folders and is personalized with your name2 The Role folder is the area menu such as Role DGM which contains transactionson the BSNL ERP System navigation menu You can have more than one Rolefolder depending on which area menus you are authorized to use
3 The Favorites folder can be used to store a list of your favorites ie frequentlyused transaction codes
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1328
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 12 of 28
118 FAQ - Where I can see my SAP Mailbox Notesheet task list tray
Answer - After login into system on the initial screen SAP mailbox Notesheet user task
tray can been seen by clicking onto SAP mailbox button available in system tray
119 FAQ - What are the Different kind of tool bar buttons available in SAP amp isthere any keyboard command for same
Answer - To display the button name and keyboard shortcut place the cursor overthe button Keyboard shortcuts may be different depending on the SAP function youare using
Standard Toolbar Buttons
Button
KeyboardShortcut Description Button
KeyboardShortcut Description
Enter key EnterContinue Ctrl G Continue Search
Ctrl S Save F1 Help
F3 Back Ctrl Page Up Scroll to top ofdocument
Shift F3 Exit System
Task Page Up
Scroll up onepage
F12 Cancel Page Down Scroll down one
page
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1428
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 13 of 28
Ctrl P Print Ctrl Page Down Scroll to last pageof document
Ctrl F Find (PC only) None
Create newsession
(PC only) Alt F12
Customize locallayout
Application Toolbar and Screen Buttons
Button
KeyboardShortcut Description Button
KeyboardShortcut Description
F8 Execute None UpdateRefresh
F5 Overview Shift F5 Get variant
Shift F2 Delete Shift F6 Selection screen help
Navigation Buttons
Button
Keyboard
Shortcut Description Button
Keyboard
Shortcut Description
Enter EnterContinueCopy F12 Cancel
F8 Scroll left Shift F1Shift F7
Scroll rightNext item
Ctrl Shift
F1 Move Favorites Up Ctrl Shift F2
Move FavoritesDown
Ctrl F7 Previous layout Ctrl F8 Next layout
Ctrl F10 User menu Ctrl F11 SAP menu
F6 Display Periodscreen
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1528
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 14 of 28
Matchcode Buttons
Button
Keyboard
Shortcut Description Button KeyboardShortcut Description
(Mac) F4 Display Matchcodelist (PC)
F4 Display Matchcode list
F6
Insert in personallist Click on anitem then on thebutton
Shift F6
Display personal valuelist After you create thepersonal list click on thebutton to end the list
Shift F6
Restores the
original Matchcodelist (PC only) Shift F4
Hold list displayed whileyou make a selection
Click on the button thendouble-click to select avalue
Working with Data
Button
KeyboardShortcut Description Button
KeyboardShortcut Description
Ctrl F1 Select all items onscreen Ctrl F2
Deselect all itemson screen
Ctrl F3
Startend of blockSelect the first itemclick the button Selectthe last item click thebutton
Ctrl F6 Display results
F7 Display all possiblevalues F8 Collapse all levels
Ctrl ShiftF5
Sort in ascending orderChange sort order todescending orascending (Fund Analysis rpt)
Ctrl ShiftF4
Sort in descendingorder
F2 Selection optionsChoose values gt lt etc Shift F4
Dynamic selectionsSelect additionalfields for searchcriteria
(Mac) F5
Display -gt ChangeSwitches from display tochange mode
Shift F5 Filter restrict valuesto search onMatchcode list
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1628
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 15 of 28
None
Multiple SelectionInclude or excludesingle values or rangesof values
None Replace item backinto workflow inWorkflow Inbox
Using Transactions (Reqs JVs etc)
Button
KeyboardShortcut Description Button
KeyboardShortcut Description
F6 Display headerdetails F2
Display line itemdetails
F2 Display additionalinfo for PO line item None
Services for object(Display JVs Reqs)
Shift F5Ctrl F12
General Statistics
(Reqs)PO History
Shift F5
Display delivery
schedule for a PO lineitem
Ctrl F11 Display deliveryaddress Shift F6
Display conditions for aPO line item
F7 Display the vendoraddress for a PO
Ctrl ShiftF6
Show release strategyfor PO
Formatting Text (Reqs JVs)
Button KeyboardShortcut Description Button KeyboardShortcut Description
Shift F2 Delete selection line (PC only)
Ctrl Shift F2 Copy text (JV lineitem)
(PC only) Ctrl Shift F1 Cut text (JV line item)
Ctrl F10
Shift F6 Item text (POs)Detailed text (JVs)
F9
Paste text into fieldafter you copy or cut itPosition the cursor andclick the button
(Mac only) Shift F4
Search andreplace words inthe JV text screen
F9 Select Click in a lineitem then on thebutton
F6 Create text (JVs)
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1728
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 16 of 28
120 FAQ - I am not aware what value do I need to fill into the field121 FAQ - How to search for the value for a single field122 FAQ - When I click on to Search field I am not do not see any value I got
another window123 FAQ - I am not aware what value do I need to fill into the field
Answer - For many entry fields but not all SAP provides a search function called aMatchcode Matchcodes allow you to select a value from a list or search for a valueby categories of data if there are many possibilitiesTo display the Matchcode button click in an entry field The Matchcode appears onthe right of the field
Types of Matchcodes -
Matchcodes fall into three basic categories
1) Short list or hit list
The values are listed on one screen For longer lists you may need to scroll down tosee all the values
2) Restrict Value Range
Many entries are available for the field A number of tabbed screens with differentcategories display so that you can enter your search criteria
3) Calendar search
A calendar-type dialog box is displayed so that you can select day month and yearThis is used in date fields such as invoice posting date
Hit List Matchcode -
This type of Matchcode is displayed for a list of values An example is theMatchcode for the Business Area field on the Create Project Initial Screenrdquo
bull Click on the Matchcode button in the Business Area field
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1828
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 17 of 28
bull Scroll down to see all values if necessarybull Double click on to a value such as 6101 to select it Same value shall get copied
into Business area field
Restrict Values
bull You can search the hit list for more than one value at a time for example allprofit center available in controlling are ldquo1000rdquo
bull Click the Enter buttonbull Result A list of the values you specified is displayed Double-click to select one
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1928
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 18 of 28
Calendar Search Matchcode-
Click on the Matchcode button The calendar dialog box displays the date on topand from left to right the monthyear week number and dates of the month
To change the month and year
bull Scroll up and down in the navigation bar on the right (see the month and yearchange in the left side of the box)
or
bull Click on either the month day or year displayed on the top Use the up anddown arrows on the right to change them See below
Double-click on the number of the day in the middle corresponding to the month
Result The entire date is copied into the entry field
124 FAQ - I am seeing so many values not relevant to my selection how do I seeonly relevant values
125 FAQ - How do I Insert Values in Personal List
Answer - You can restrict the values and customize your selection though addingthem into ldquoPersonal list optionrdquo
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2028
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 19 of 28
For example User wants to select the Company code during creation of Project forWestern telecom Project and he wants the company code to be inserted into hispersonal list He will follow the below steps
bull Select the value from the drop down list
bull Click on to insert the value in the personal list (Please select the values one
by one)
bull Click on Personal Value List icon to view the values listed in the Personal
list
Note Personal List will be used wherever you want to restrict the values to yourrelevant values only
bull You can move rename or delete favorites or Favorites folders Use the menu
path or Toolbar buttons described below to perform these tasks
Function Procedure
Create a Favorites folder Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Insert Folder
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2128
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 20 of 28
Move the Favorites folder to the bottom of the list of folders
Follow the menu path Extras gtgt SettingsSelect Display favorites at end of list
Move a favorite within a list offavorites
1 Select the favorite
2 Click the Down or Up buttons
Move a Favorites folder within
a list of Favorites folders
1 Select the Favorites folder
2 Click the Down or Up buttons
Rename a favorite See Renaming a Favorite
Rename a Favorites folder 1 Select the Favorites folder
2 Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Change or click
the Change Favorites button
3 Type in the new name and press the Enter button
Delete a favorite or Favoritesfolder
1 Select the favorite or Favorites folder2 Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Delete or click
the Delete Favorites button
126 FAQ - How Can I take a Print out from SAP127 FAQ - Irsquom not able to take a Print out from SAP128 FAQ - I need to take a Print out of a report available in SAP
Answer - Getting Hardcopy of SAP Data and Documents
SAP provides hardcopy output of the electronic data and documents stored in thesystem via the many SAP reports The printed reports are formatted and organizedfor use on paper
If you need a hardcopy of your SAP transactions or data you should use thesereports
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2228
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 21 of 28
bull Make sure you know approximately how many pages of output will be printedby paging through the report on the screen first You can also use the PrintPreview button available on the Print screen after you click on the Print
button
bull Make sure you know where you are printing The default printer in your userprofile is typically one close to your office Your user profile should have adefault printer If it doesnt you will be prompted to enter the printer name atthe time you print the report
bull When you click the Print button you will see a message in the Status Bar withthe print spool number Write down the print spool number You may need it ifthere is a print problem
bull Check the Output device field and make sure that the correct printer name andlocation are showing
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2328
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 22 of 28
bull Note down the Spool requested created at the status bar at the bottom of thescreen
bull Go to transaction SP02 to check the status of Print
129 FAQ - What is the report variant130 FAQ - How can I maintain a report variant131 FAQ - I have certain fixed parameters in Report is there any way by which I
can call transaction and execute same without entering any selectionparameter
132 FAQ - I do not need to see all columns of a report can I get the report whichis specific to my requirements
133 FAQ - I call up the report but do not want to take print out of all columnshow can I hide same and take a print
Answer -A report variant allows you to save the values that you entered into theselection fields on a report Once the variant is saved it can be used every time thereport is run To use a previously saved variant click on the Get Variant button andselect the desired variant The selection fields of the report are then pre-filled withthe values that were saved when the variant was created or last changed Each timeyou run the report using a variant you dont need to retype or select all the values inthe fields
You can create several variants for the same report each one containing differentvalues If you want to use identical selection criteria for multiple reports for
example the same range of cost objects you must create a separate variant for eachreport and then save it with the report where the values will be used
Creating a Report Variant
You can create a variant before a report In the following example a variant iscreated for the Project progress report though the procedure is the same for creatinga variant of any report
1 Enter the values that you want to save in the report fields
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2428
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 23 of 28
2 Click the Save as variant button
3 Type in the name of the variant
4 Type in a Description so that you and others can identify the variant
5 Click the Save button
bull Result The report screen returns with a message at the bottom that the varianthas been saved
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2528
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 24 of 28
Finding a Report Variant
1 Click the Get variant button on the report entry screen
Result A list of variants you searched for is displayed
2 Double-click on a variant to select it
3 Click the Execute button to run the report
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2628
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 25 of 28
134 FAQ - In system status bar message is coming ldquoYou are not authorizerdquo
Answer -When ever user is not authorized to carry out certain transaction system
pop up with the message ldquouser is not authorize to perform the taskrdquo
In case if you still want to take the authorization as a business need take a approvalof your supervisor and inform your system administrator with the approval
In certain cases you are authorized for the transaction but still system give you theerror message ldquoyou are not authorizedrdquo in that case immediately go to transactionSU53 take a screen shot and send same to your system administrator
2 Project System FAQ-
21 FAQ - Which transaction should I refer to create the project22 FAQ - Who all can create the Project23 FAQ - I am a JTO in Telecom office I execute the project at my location but
Irsquom not able to create a single Project
Answer -After log-in into system Go to transaction ldquoCJ01 ndash Create Project initialscreenrdquo to create the projectIn all the areas only EOrsquos and DErsquos are allowed to create the Project and its structure
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2728
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 26 of 28
24 FAQ - At which transaction should I attach survey report25 FAQ - I have attached the document but it is not opening
Answer -Any document related to Project can be attached via CV01n transaction
Note - Any document which need to be attached into SAP System against Project itshould be PDF MS office 2003 files (eg doc) or MS Office 2007 file (docx) only
26 FAQ - In my Old Files I have use used Note-sheet how can I create note-sheet into system
27 FAQ - I am not able to see my Note-sheet for all cutover projects28 FAQ - What should I enter in Sent mail to29 FAQ - I have entered the note sheet but it is visible properly to the person I
have sent
Answer - As in post ERP scenario note-sheet was widely used with every file sameway in ERP a note-sheet has been developed (transaction code ZPS_Notesheet)which will act in same way and can be used against each Project
To use an ERP note sheet just go to Transaction ZPS_notesheet then enter the WBSElement for which note sheet need to createdupdate Enter the HRMS number towhom it should be sent keeping in mind that the first digit from the HRMS numbershould be removed (in case HRMS number is not known same can be search viaclicking into match code button) Enter the comments in the Note sheet from the first
line ie without leaving any line in between as well as the first line and click on tosent button Note sheet will be available in SAP inbox of the person to whom it wassent to
Note - For all previous Project data (cutover project) note sheet has not beentaken into ERP and need to be referred manually by a respect person or the samecan be scanned and can be attached as document in ERP
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2828
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
210 FAQ - I am not able to do the Good Issue against project211 FAQ - At the time Goods issue against reservation I am getting an error
message ldquoDocument does not contain any itemsrdquo
Answer - Note that this issue might be there for projects related to ldquoCut OverrdquoOnly Next In order to overcome this issue please check the following settings andmake the necessary changes as shown below-
bull Go to T Code - CN22
bull Select the internal ActivitySelect the component Overview-Go to Component
overview details
bull Go to ldquoProcurement Parameterrdquo Tab
bull Check that the setting for ResPurchase Req is shown as ldquoNeverrdquo and as a result
the Indicator on ldquoMovement Allowedrdquo is not ticked
bull Change this setting manually to-
bull Save and then try the Goods Issue
bull The new settings will allow the Goods issue now
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 628
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 5 of 28
29 FAQ - I HAVE ENTERED THE NOTE SHEET BUT IT IS VISIBLE PROPERLY TO THEPERSON I HAVE SENT 26
210 FAQ - I AM NOT ABLE TO DO THE GOOD ISSUE AGAINST PROJECT 27
211 FAQ - AT THE TIME GOODS ISSUE AGAINST RESERVATION I AM GETTING AN ERRORMESSAGE ldquoDOCUMENT DOES NOT CONTAIN ANY ITEMSrdquo 27
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 728
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 6 of 28
1 General SAP FAQ-
11 FAQ - How to run SAP on My System12 FAQ - I have open log on PAD of SAP where should I click to Work on13 FAQ - What is the client number which I need to put14 FAQ - How to reset my password15 FAQ - After Log in into System where should I click
Answer - Answer of all the above question (11 to 15) can be found in the attacheddocument which helps any user to run and navigate the SAP on to their system
16 FAQ - How do I gain access to SAP17 FAQ - Who is my User Administrator and what can they do18 FAQ - How do I access SAP if it says my password is incorrect19 FAQ - What do I do if I forget my password110 FAQ - What can I do if Im locked out111 FAQ - I am just transferred from one SSAArea to another do I need another
to have another SAP ID
Answer - Depending on the BSNL business needs of your position you and your
supervisor will determine the kind of access you need For example if you areresponsible for accounting you need access to run financial transaction Forordering materials you need MM or procurement access If you are responsible forpayroll you need access to one or several HRPayroll profiles Then you cancontact your User Administrator to create your SAP account which is an employeeid
Your User Administrator should be listed under your department Your UserAdministrator can sign you up for an SAP ID or can edit your profile The UserAccess can also change a profile for a positionroles and authorization in case you
have been transferred from one place to another In case you have been transferredonly roles and authorization shall be changed SAP user ID will remain same
In case you trying to login to SAP(Authentic Login) you get the message passwordincorrect first check your caps lock button is not on Passwords are case sensitiveand must be typed in properly If you still get the password incorrect messagecontact you system administrator for your password reset
SAP Logon amp
Navigationpdf
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 828
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 7 of 28
112 FAQ - What is the Transaction code what does it refers to
Answer - A transaction code is an alpha numeric character command that tells the system
location of atask Each SAP screen has a unique transaction code A transaction codemay contain only letters such as ZMPR or a combination of letters and numbers
such as me51
In SAP you can use transaction codes as a shortcut or alternative to using thenavigation path to get to a system task Type n followed by the transaction codeand press the EnterReturn key
For example instead of following the navigation path User Menu gtgt Role DGMgtgtPurchasing gtgt Requisitions gtgt Create a Requisition from the SAP User Menuscreen you can type nme51 in the Command field of any screen In either case theCreate Purchase Requisition Initial Screen is displayed
113 FAQ - Where should I write the Transaction code to move onto screen
Answer - Transaction Code should be entered into Command field
Command Field
The Command field is used to enter transaction codes that take you directly to asystem task without using menus Sometimes the Command field is closed bydefault To open it click the arrow to the left of the Save button To use it type thetransaction code in the blank field to the left and press enter
Closed Command Field
Open Command Field
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 928
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 8 of 28
114 FAQ - What does the button available on toolbar in Initial screen refers to
Answer - The SAP buttons displayed on the Toolbar provide quick access to
commonly used SAP functions If a Toolbar button is gray it is not available for useon that particular screen
Button KeyboardShortcut Description
EnterEnter key
Click on the Enter button when you want the system tovalidate your field entries and move to the next function
or screen in a system task Note that clicking
on Enter does not save the information you entered
(see Save below)
SaveCtrl S
Click on the Save button when you want to save data orsave changes to data in a system task
BackF3
Click on the Back button when you want to move back to
the previous screen or menu level
Exit
Shift F3
Click on the Exit button when you want to exit the currentmenu level or system task without saving the data
CancelF12
Click on the Cancel button when you want to cancel thedata you entered in the current system task
PrintCtrl P
Click on the Print button to print the SAP documentdisplayed on the screen
Find Ctrl F Click on the Find button (binoculars) when you want the
system to search for words and alphanumeric
combinations in the open document or display screen
Continue
Search
Ctrl G Use the Continue Search button (the binoculars with the
+ sign) to continue searching for a previously selected
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1028
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 9 of 28
search item
Paging These four Toolbar buttons are called the Paging buttonsYou use them to move through a long list or report
Ctrl Page Up To move to the first page click the button with two up
arrows
Page Up To move up one page click the button with the up arrow
Page Down To move down one page click the button with the downarrow
Ctrl Page Down To move to the last page click the button with two down
arrows
Help F1 The yellow question mark is the Help button It displays
generic (ie not MIT-specific) SAP Online Help Select a
field or message click the Help button and a definition of
the field or message will be displayed Not all fields havedefinitions and not all MIT workstations have the SAP
Online Help installed (due to disk space constraints on thespecific workstation)
(PC only)
None Create a new SAP session
(PC only)
Alt F12 Displays a menu that lets you change some of the options
on your PC such as cursor size and position Also allowsyou to print your screen (Hardcopy)
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1128
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 10 of 28
115 FAQ - What is the meaning of Required Default Input Grey-out andOptional fields referring to
Answer - SAP has three field types Required Default and Optional-
bull Required Entry fields are usually flagged with a tick mark You must enterdata in Required Entry fields in order to proceed with a system task
bull Default Entry fields already have a system entry However you may be able tooverwrite the system entry depending on the system task and or your SAPprofile
bull Grey-out Fields are those fields in which no data entry or data change isallowed These fields might have entry depending upon some other field data ormay be blank
bull Input EntryOptional Entry fields are those in which you may enter data but anentry is not required by the system in order to proceed with a system task SomeOptional Entry fields may become required depending on the values entered inother fields
116 FAQ - What is the meaning of status Bar
Answer - The Status Bar located at the bottom of the SAP screen displays systemmessages and other session information
The large field to the left displays system messages or errors such as Make an entryin all required fields Double-click on the message or click the red circle and adialogue box pops up that explains the message and what action to take
The second field defaults to display the system information such as system name(session number) and (client number) In the example above the system is PRD thesession number is (1) and the client number is (500)
If the Status Bar is closed on your PC click the arrow in the bottom right corner of
the screen to open it
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1228
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 11 of 28
To change the information displayed in this area click the Selection List button tothe right of the client number and select from the list that pops up
The third field to the right displays the host name for example PSE03ER1
The fourth field to the right indicates the input mode either overwrite or insertClick to switch between the two modes
117 FAQ - What Does SAP user Screen refers to how can I select same
Answer - There are one of two main screens you see when you first log on to SAP-
bull The SAP Menu screen which is the general screen delivered standard with SAP
bull The SAP User Menu screen is customized for BSNL transactions and shouldbe the default screen It displays at least three main menu folders labeled 1 Usermenu 2 Role (there may be more than one Roles folder) 3 Favorites
1 The User menu contains the Role folders and is personalized with your name2 The Role folder is the area menu such as Role DGM which contains transactionson the BSNL ERP System navigation menu You can have more than one Rolefolder depending on which area menus you are authorized to use
3 The Favorites folder can be used to store a list of your favorites ie frequentlyused transaction codes
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1328
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 12 of 28
118 FAQ - Where I can see my SAP Mailbox Notesheet task list tray
Answer - After login into system on the initial screen SAP mailbox Notesheet user task
tray can been seen by clicking onto SAP mailbox button available in system tray
119 FAQ - What are the Different kind of tool bar buttons available in SAP amp isthere any keyboard command for same
Answer - To display the button name and keyboard shortcut place the cursor overthe button Keyboard shortcuts may be different depending on the SAP function youare using
Standard Toolbar Buttons
Button
KeyboardShortcut Description Button
KeyboardShortcut Description
Enter key EnterContinue Ctrl G Continue Search
Ctrl S Save F1 Help
F3 Back Ctrl Page Up Scroll to top ofdocument
Shift F3 Exit System
Task Page Up
Scroll up onepage
F12 Cancel Page Down Scroll down one
page
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1428
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 13 of 28
Ctrl P Print Ctrl Page Down Scroll to last pageof document
Ctrl F Find (PC only) None
Create newsession
(PC only) Alt F12
Customize locallayout
Application Toolbar and Screen Buttons
Button
KeyboardShortcut Description Button
KeyboardShortcut Description
F8 Execute None UpdateRefresh
F5 Overview Shift F5 Get variant
Shift F2 Delete Shift F6 Selection screen help
Navigation Buttons
Button
Keyboard
Shortcut Description Button
Keyboard
Shortcut Description
Enter EnterContinueCopy F12 Cancel
F8 Scroll left Shift F1Shift F7
Scroll rightNext item
Ctrl Shift
F1 Move Favorites Up Ctrl Shift F2
Move FavoritesDown
Ctrl F7 Previous layout Ctrl F8 Next layout
Ctrl F10 User menu Ctrl F11 SAP menu
F6 Display Periodscreen
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1528
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 14 of 28
Matchcode Buttons
Button
Keyboard
Shortcut Description Button KeyboardShortcut Description
(Mac) F4 Display Matchcodelist (PC)
F4 Display Matchcode list
F6
Insert in personallist Click on anitem then on thebutton
Shift F6
Display personal valuelist After you create thepersonal list click on thebutton to end the list
Shift F6
Restores the
original Matchcodelist (PC only) Shift F4
Hold list displayed whileyou make a selection
Click on the button thendouble-click to select avalue
Working with Data
Button
KeyboardShortcut Description Button
KeyboardShortcut Description
Ctrl F1 Select all items onscreen Ctrl F2
Deselect all itemson screen
Ctrl F3
Startend of blockSelect the first itemclick the button Selectthe last item click thebutton
Ctrl F6 Display results
F7 Display all possiblevalues F8 Collapse all levels
Ctrl ShiftF5
Sort in ascending orderChange sort order todescending orascending (Fund Analysis rpt)
Ctrl ShiftF4
Sort in descendingorder
F2 Selection optionsChoose values gt lt etc Shift F4
Dynamic selectionsSelect additionalfields for searchcriteria
(Mac) F5
Display -gt ChangeSwitches from display tochange mode
Shift F5 Filter restrict valuesto search onMatchcode list
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1628
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 15 of 28
None
Multiple SelectionInclude or excludesingle values or rangesof values
None Replace item backinto workflow inWorkflow Inbox
Using Transactions (Reqs JVs etc)
Button
KeyboardShortcut Description Button
KeyboardShortcut Description
F6 Display headerdetails F2
Display line itemdetails
F2 Display additionalinfo for PO line item None
Services for object(Display JVs Reqs)
Shift F5Ctrl F12
General Statistics
(Reqs)PO History
Shift F5
Display delivery
schedule for a PO lineitem
Ctrl F11 Display deliveryaddress Shift F6
Display conditions for aPO line item
F7 Display the vendoraddress for a PO
Ctrl ShiftF6
Show release strategyfor PO
Formatting Text (Reqs JVs)
Button KeyboardShortcut Description Button KeyboardShortcut Description
Shift F2 Delete selection line (PC only)
Ctrl Shift F2 Copy text (JV lineitem)
(PC only) Ctrl Shift F1 Cut text (JV line item)
Ctrl F10
Shift F6 Item text (POs)Detailed text (JVs)
F9
Paste text into fieldafter you copy or cut itPosition the cursor andclick the button
(Mac only) Shift F4
Search andreplace words inthe JV text screen
F9 Select Click in a lineitem then on thebutton
F6 Create text (JVs)
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1728
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 16 of 28
120 FAQ - I am not aware what value do I need to fill into the field121 FAQ - How to search for the value for a single field122 FAQ - When I click on to Search field I am not do not see any value I got
another window123 FAQ - I am not aware what value do I need to fill into the field
Answer - For many entry fields but not all SAP provides a search function called aMatchcode Matchcodes allow you to select a value from a list or search for a valueby categories of data if there are many possibilitiesTo display the Matchcode button click in an entry field The Matchcode appears onthe right of the field
Types of Matchcodes -
Matchcodes fall into three basic categories
1) Short list or hit list
The values are listed on one screen For longer lists you may need to scroll down tosee all the values
2) Restrict Value Range
Many entries are available for the field A number of tabbed screens with differentcategories display so that you can enter your search criteria
3) Calendar search
A calendar-type dialog box is displayed so that you can select day month and yearThis is used in date fields such as invoice posting date
Hit List Matchcode -
This type of Matchcode is displayed for a list of values An example is theMatchcode for the Business Area field on the Create Project Initial Screenrdquo
bull Click on the Matchcode button in the Business Area field
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1828
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 17 of 28
bull Scroll down to see all values if necessarybull Double click on to a value such as 6101 to select it Same value shall get copied
into Business area field
Restrict Values
bull You can search the hit list for more than one value at a time for example allprofit center available in controlling are ldquo1000rdquo
bull Click the Enter buttonbull Result A list of the values you specified is displayed Double-click to select one
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1928
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 18 of 28
Calendar Search Matchcode-
Click on the Matchcode button The calendar dialog box displays the date on topand from left to right the monthyear week number and dates of the month
To change the month and year
bull Scroll up and down in the navigation bar on the right (see the month and yearchange in the left side of the box)
or
bull Click on either the month day or year displayed on the top Use the up anddown arrows on the right to change them See below
Double-click on the number of the day in the middle corresponding to the month
Result The entire date is copied into the entry field
124 FAQ - I am seeing so many values not relevant to my selection how do I seeonly relevant values
125 FAQ - How do I Insert Values in Personal List
Answer - You can restrict the values and customize your selection though addingthem into ldquoPersonal list optionrdquo
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2028
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 19 of 28
For example User wants to select the Company code during creation of Project forWestern telecom Project and he wants the company code to be inserted into hispersonal list He will follow the below steps
bull Select the value from the drop down list
bull Click on to insert the value in the personal list (Please select the values one
by one)
bull Click on Personal Value List icon to view the values listed in the Personal
list
Note Personal List will be used wherever you want to restrict the values to yourrelevant values only
bull You can move rename or delete favorites or Favorites folders Use the menu
path or Toolbar buttons described below to perform these tasks
Function Procedure
Create a Favorites folder Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Insert Folder
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2128
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 20 of 28
Move the Favorites folder to the bottom of the list of folders
Follow the menu path Extras gtgt SettingsSelect Display favorites at end of list
Move a favorite within a list offavorites
1 Select the favorite
2 Click the Down or Up buttons
Move a Favorites folder within
a list of Favorites folders
1 Select the Favorites folder
2 Click the Down or Up buttons
Rename a favorite See Renaming a Favorite
Rename a Favorites folder 1 Select the Favorites folder
2 Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Change or click
the Change Favorites button
3 Type in the new name and press the Enter button
Delete a favorite or Favoritesfolder
1 Select the favorite or Favorites folder2 Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Delete or click
the Delete Favorites button
126 FAQ - How Can I take a Print out from SAP127 FAQ - Irsquom not able to take a Print out from SAP128 FAQ - I need to take a Print out of a report available in SAP
Answer - Getting Hardcopy of SAP Data and Documents
SAP provides hardcopy output of the electronic data and documents stored in thesystem via the many SAP reports The printed reports are formatted and organizedfor use on paper
If you need a hardcopy of your SAP transactions or data you should use thesereports
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2228
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 21 of 28
bull Make sure you know approximately how many pages of output will be printedby paging through the report on the screen first You can also use the PrintPreview button available on the Print screen after you click on the Print
button
bull Make sure you know where you are printing The default printer in your userprofile is typically one close to your office Your user profile should have adefault printer If it doesnt you will be prompted to enter the printer name atthe time you print the report
bull When you click the Print button you will see a message in the Status Bar withthe print spool number Write down the print spool number You may need it ifthere is a print problem
bull Check the Output device field and make sure that the correct printer name andlocation are showing
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2328
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 22 of 28
bull Note down the Spool requested created at the status bar at the bottom of thescreen
bull Go to transaction SP02 to check the status of Print
129 FAQ - What is the report variant130 FAQ - How can I maintain a report variant131 FAQ - I have certain fixed parameters in Report is there any way by which I
can call transaction and execute same without entering any selectionparameter
132 FAQ - I do not need to see all columns of a report can I get the report whichis specific to my requirements
133 FAQ - I call up the report but do not want to take print out of all columnshow can I hide same and take a print
Answer -A report variant allows you to save the values that you entered into theselection fields on a report Once the variant is saved it can be used every time thereport is run To use a previously saved variant click on the Get Variant button andselect the desired variant The selection fields of the report are then pre-filled withthe values that were saved when the variant was created or last changed Each timeyou run the report using a variant you dont need to retype or select all the values inthe fields
You can create several variants for the same report each one containing differentvalues If you want to use identical selection criteria for multiple reports for
example the same range of cost objects you must create a separate variant for eachreport and then save it with the report where the values will be used
Creating a Report Variant
You can create a variant before a report In the following example a variant iscreated for the Project progress report though the procedure is the same for creatinga variant of any report
1 Enter the values that you want to save in the report fields
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2428
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 23 of 28
2 Click the Save as variant button
3 Type in the name of the variant
4 Type in a Description so that you and others can identify the variant
5 Click the Save button
bull Result The report screen returns with a message at the bottom that the varianthas been saved
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2528
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 24 of 28
Finding a Report Variant
1 Click the Get variant button on the report entry screen
Result A list of variants you searched for is displayed
2 Double-click on a variant to select it
3 Click the Execute button to run the report
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2628
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 25 of 28
134 FAQ - In system status bar message is coming ldquoYou are not authorizerdquo
Answer -When ever user is not authorized to carry out certain transaction system
pop up with the message ldquouser is not authorize to perform the taskrdquo
In case if you still want to take the authorization as a business need take a approvalof your supervisor and inform your system administrator with the approval
In certain cases you are authorized for the transaction but still system give you theerror message ldquoyou are not authorizedrdquo in that case immediately go to transactionSU53 take a screen shot and send same to your system administrator
2 Project System FAQ-
21 FAQ - Which transaction should I refer to create the project22 FAQ - Who all can create the Project23 FAQ - I am a JTO in Telecom office I execute the project at my location but
Irsquom not able to create a single Project
Answer -After log-in into system Go to transaction ldquoCJ01 ndash Create Project initialscreenrdquo to create the projectIn all the areas only EOrsquos and DErsquos are allowed to create the Project and its structure
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2728
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 26 of 28
24 FAQ - At which transaction should I attach survey report25 FAQ - I have attached the document but it is not opening
Answer -Any document related to Project can be attached via CV01n transaction
Note - Any document which need to be attached into SAP System against Project itshould be PDF MS office 2003 files (eg doc) or MS Office 2007 file (docx) only
26 FAQ - In my Old Files I have use used Note-sheet how can I create note-sheet into system
27 FAQ - I am not able to see my Note-sheet for all cutover projects28 FAQ - What should I enter in Sent mail to29 FAQ - I have entered the note sheet but it is visible properly to the person I
have sent
Answer - As in post ERP scenario note-sheet was widely used with every file sameway in ERP a note-sheet has been developed (transaction code ZPS_Notesheet)which will act in same way and can be used against each Project
To use an ERP note sheet just go to Transaction ZPS_notesheet then enter the WBSElement for which note sheet need to createdupdate Enter the HRMS number towhom it should be sent keeping in mind that the first digit from the HRMS numbershould be removed (in case HRMS number is not known same can be search viaclicking into match code button) Enter the comments in the Note sheet from the first
line ie without leaving any line in between as well as the first line and click on tosent button Note sheet will be available in SAP inbox of the person to whom it wassent to
Note - For all previous Project data (cutover project) note sheet has not beentaken into ERP and need to be referred manually by a respect person or the samecan be scanned and can be attached as document in ERP
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2828
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
210 FAQ - I am not able to do the Good Issue against project211 FAQ - At the time Goods issue against reservation I am getting an error
message ldquoDocument does not contain any itemsrdquo
Answer - Note that this issue might be there for projects related to ldquoCut OverrdquoOnly Next In order to overcome this issue please check the following settings andmake the necessary changes as shown below-
bull Go to T Code - CN22
bull Select the internal ActivitySelect the component Overview-Go to Component
overview details
bull Go to ldquoProcurement Parameterrdquo Tab
bull Check that the setting for ResPurchase Req is shown as ldquoNeverrdquo and as a result
the Indicator on ldquoMovement Allowedrdquo is not ticked
bull Change this setting manually to-
bull Save and then try the Goods Issue
bull The new settings will allow the Goods issue now
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 728
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 6 of 28
1 General SAP FAQ-
11 FAQ - How to run SAP on My System12 FAQ - I have open log on PAD of SAP where should I click to Work on13 FAQ - What is the client number which I need to put14 FAQ - How to reset my password15 FAQ - After Log in into System where should I click
Answer - Answer of all the above question (11 to 15) can be found in the attacheddocument which helps any user to run and navigate the SAP on to their system
16 FAQ - How do I gain access to SAP17 FAQ - Who is my User Administrator and what can they do18 FAQ - How do I access SAP if it says my password is incorrect19 FAQ - What do I do if I forget my password110 FAQ - What can I do if Im locked out111 FAQ - I am just transferred from one SSAArea to another do I need another
to have another SAP ID
Answer - Depending on the BSNL business needs of your position you and your
supervisor will determine the kind of access you need For example if you areresponsible for accounting you need access to run financial transaction Forordering materials you need MM or procurement access If you are responsible forpayroll you need access to one or several HRPayroll profiles Then you cancontact your User Administrator to create your SAP account which is an employeeid
Your User Administrator should be listed under your department Your UserAdministrator can sign you up for an SAP ID or can edit your profile The UserAccess can also change a profile for a positionroles and authorization in case you
have been transferred from one place to another In case you have been transferredonly roles and authorization shall be changed SAP user ID will remain same
In case you trying to login to SAP(Authentic Login) you get the message passwordincorrect first check your caps lock button is not on Passwords are case sensitiveand must be typed in properly If you still get the password incorrect messagecontact you system administrator for your password reset
SAP Logon amp
Navigationpdf
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 828
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 7 of 28
112 FAQ - What is the Transaction code what does it refers to
Answer - A transaction code is an alpha numeric character command that tells the system
location of atask Each SAP screen has a unique transaction code A transaction codemay contain only letters such as ZMPR or a combination of letters and numbers
such as me51
In SAP you can use transaction codes as a shortcut or alternative to using thenavigation path to get to a system task Type n followed by the transaction codeand press the EnterReturn key
For example instead of following the navigation path User Menu gtgt Role DGMgtgtPurchasing gtgt Requisitions gtgt Create a Requisition from the SAP User Menuscreen you can type nme51 in the Command field of any screen In either case theCreate Purchase Requisition Initial Screen is displayed
113 FAQ - Where should I write the Transaction code to move onto screen
Answer - Transaction Code should be entered into Command field
Command Field
The Command field is used to enter transaction codes that take you directly to asystem task without using menus Sometimes the Command field is closed bydefault To open it click the arrow to the left of the Save button To use it type thetransaction code in the blank field to the left and press enter
Closed Command Field
Open Command Field
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 928
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 8 of 28
114 FAQ - What does the button available on toolbar in Initial screen refers to
Answer - The SAP buttons displayed on the Toolbar provide quick access to
commonly used SAP functions If a Toolbar button is gray it is not available for useon that particular screen
Button KeyboardShortcut Description
EnterEnter key
Click on the Enter button when you want the system tovalidate your field entries and move to the next function
or screen in a system task Note that clicking
on Enter does not save the information you entered
(see Save below)
SaveCtrl S
Click on the Save button when you want to save data orsave changes to data in a system task
BackF3
Click on the Back button when you want to move back to
the previous screen or menu level
Exit
Shift F3
Click on the Exit button when you want to exit the currentmenu level or system task without saving the data
CancelF12
Click on the Cancel button when you want to cancel thedata you entered in the current system task
PrintCtrl P
Click on the Print button to print the SAP documentdisplayed on the screen
Find Ctrl F Click on the Find button (binoculars) when you want the
system to search for words and alphanumeric
combinations in the open document or display screen
Continue
Search
Ctrl G Use the Continue Search button (the binoculars with the
+ sign) to continue searching for a previously selected
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1028
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 9 of 28
search item
Paging These four Toolbar buttons are called the Paging buttonsYou use them to move through a long list or report
Ctrl Page Up To move to the first page click the button with two up
arrows
Page Up To move up one page click the button with the up arrow
Page Down To move down one page click the button with the downarrow
Ctrl Page Down To move to the last page click the button with two down
arrows
Help F1 The yellow question mark is the Help button It displays
generic (ie not MIT-specific) SAP Online Help Select a
field or message click the Help button and a definition of
the field or message will be displayed Not all fields havedefinitions and not all MIT workstations have the SAP
Online Help installed (due to disk space constraints on thespecific workstation)
(PC only)
None Create a new SAP session
(PC only)
Alt F12 Displays a menu that lets you change some of the options
on your PC such as cursor size and position Also allowsyou to print your screen (Hardcopy)
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1128
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 10 of 28
115 FAQ - What is the meaning of Required Default Input Grey-out andOptional fields referring to
Answer - SAP has three field types Required Default and Optional-
bull Required Entry fields are usually flagged with a tick mark You must enterdata in Required Entry fields in order to proceed with a system task
bull Default Entry fields already have a system entry However you may be able tooverwrite the system entry depending on the system task and or your SAPprofile
bull Grey-out Fields are those fields in which no data entry or data change isallowed These fields might have entry depending upon some other field data ormay be blank
bull Input EntryOptional Entry fields are those in which you may enter data but anentry is not required by the system in order to proceed with a system task SomeOptional Entry fields may become required depending on the values entered inother fields
116 FAQ - What is the meaning of status Bar
Answer - The Status Bar located at the bottom of the SAP screen displays systemmessages and other session information
The large field to the left displays system messages or errors such as Make an entryin all required fields Double-click on the message or click the red circle and adialogue box pops up that explains the message and what action to take
The second field defaults to display the system information such as system name(session number) and (client number) In the example above the system is PRD thesession number is (1) and the client number is (500)
If the Status Bar is closed on your PC click the arrow in the bottom right corner of
the screen to open it
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1228
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 11 of 28
To change the information displayed in this area click the Selection List button tothe right of the client number and select from the list that pops up
The third field to the right displays the host name for example PSE03ER1
The fourth field to the right indicates the input mode either overwrite or insertClick to switch between the two modes
117 FAQ - What Does SAP user Screen refers to how can I select same
Answer - There are one of two main screens you see when you first log on to SAP-
bull The SAP Menu screen which is the general screen delivered standard with SAP
bull The SAP User Menu screen is customized for BSNL transactions and shouldbe the default screen It displays at least three main menu folders labeled 1 Usermenu 2 Role (there may be more than one Roles folder) 3 Favorites
1 The User menu contains the Role folders and is personalized with your name2 The Role folder is the area menu such as Role DGM which contains transactionson the BSNL ERP System navigation menu You can have more than one Rolefolder depending on which area menus you are authorized to use
3 The Favorites folder can be used to store a list of your favorites ie frequentlyused transaction codes
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1328
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 12 of 28
118 FAQ - Where I can see my SAP Mailbox Notesheet task list tray
Answer - After login into system on the initial screen SAP mailbox Notesheet user task
tray can been seen by clicking onto SAP mailbox button available in system tray
119 FAQ - What are the Different kind of tool bar buttons available in SAP amp isthere any keyboard command for same
Answer - To display the button name and keyboard shortcut place the cursor overthe button Keyboard shortcuts may be different depending on the SAP function youare using
Standard Toolbar Buttons
Button
KeyboardShortcut Description Button
KeyboardShortcut Description
Enter key EnterContinue Ctrl G Continue Search
Ctrl S Save F1 Help
F3 Back Ctrl Page Up Scroll to top ofdocument
Shift F3 Exit System
Task Page Up
Scroll up onepage
F12 Cancel Page Down Scroll down one
page
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1428
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 13 of 28
Ctrl P Print Ctrl Page Down Scroll to last pageof document
Ctrl F Find (PC only) None
Create newsession
(PC only) Alt F12
Customize locallayout
Application Toolbar and Screen Buttons
Button
KeyboardShortcut Description Button
KeyboardShortcut Description
F8 Execute None UpdateRefresh
F5 Overview Shift F5 Get variant
Shift F2 Delete Shift F6 Selection screen help
Navigation Buttons
Button
Keyboard
Shortcut Description Button
Keyboard
Shortcut Description
Enter EnterContinueCopy F12 Cancel
F8 Scroll left Shift F1Shift F7
Scroll rightNext item
Ctrl Shift
F1 Move Favorites Up Ctrl Shift F2
Move FavoritesDown
Ctrl F7 Previous layout Ctrl F8 Next layout
Ctrl F10 User menu Ctrl F11 SAP menu
F6 Display Periodscreen
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1528
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 14 of 28
Matchcode Buttons
Button
Keyboard
Shortcut Description Button KeyboardShortcut Description
(Mac) F4 Display Matchcodelist (PC)
F4 Display Matchcode list
F6
Insert in personallist Click on anitem then on thebutton
Shift F6
Display personal valuelist After you create thepersonal list click on thebutton to end the list
Shift F6
Restores the
original Matchcodelist (PC only) Shift F4
Hold list displayed whileyou make a selection
Click on the button thendouble-click to select avalue
Working with Data
Button
KeyboardShortcut Description Button
KeyboardShortcut Description
Ctrl F1 Select all items onscreen Ctrl F2
Deselect all itemson screen
Ctrl F3
Startend of blockSelect the first itemclick the button Selectthe last item click thebutton
Ctrl F6 Display results
F7 Display all possiblevalues F8 Collapse all levels
Ctrl ShiftF5
Sort in ascending orderChange sort order todescending orascending (Fund Analysis rpt)
Ctrl ShiftF4
Sort in descendingorder
F2 Selection optionsChoose values gt lt etc Shift F4
Dynamic selectionsSelect additionalfields for searchcriteria
(Mac) F5
Display -gt ChangeSwitches from display tochange mode
Shift F5 Filter restrict valuesto search onMatchcode list
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1628
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 15 of 28
None
Multiple SelectionInclude or excludesingle values or rangesof values
None Replace item backinto workflow inWorkflow Inbox
Using Transactions (Reqs JVs etc)
Button
KeyboardShortcut Description Button
KeyboardShortcut Description
F6 Display headerdetails F2
Display line itemdetails
F2 Display additionalinfo for PO line item None
Services for object(Display JVs Reqs)
Shift F5Ctrl F12
General Statistics
(Reqs)PO History
Shift F5
Display delivery
schedule for a PO lineitem
Ctrl F11 Display deliveryaddress Shift F6
Display conditions for aPO line item
F7 Display the vendoraddress for a PO
Ctrl ShiftF6
Show release strategyfor PO
Formatting Text (Reqs JVs)
Button KeyboardShortcut Description Button KeyboardShortcut Description
Shift F2 Delete selection line (PC only)
Ctrl Shift F2 Copy text (JV lineitem)
(PC only) Ctrl Shift F1 Cut text (JV line item)
Ctrl F10
Shift F6 Item text (POs)Detailed text (JVs)
F9
Paste text into fieldafter you copy or cut itPosition the cursor andclick the button
(Mac only) Shift F4
Search andreplace words inthe JV text screen
F9 Select Click in a lineitem then on thebutton
F6 Create text (JVs)
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1728
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 16 of 28
120 FAQ - I am not aware what value do I need to fill into the field121 FAQ - How to search for the value for a single field122 FAQ - When I click on to Search field I am not do not see any value I got
another window123 FAQ - I am not aware what value do I need to fill into the field
Answer - For many entry fields but not all SAP provides a search function called aMatchcode Matchcodes allow you to select a value from a list or search for a valueby categories of data if there are many possibilitiesTo display the Matchcode button click in an entry field The Matchcode appears onthe right of the field
Types of Matchcodes -
Matchcodes fall into three basic categories
1) Short list or hit list
The values are listed on one screen For longer lists you may need to scroll down tosee all the values
2) Restrict Value Range
Many entries are available for the field A number of tabbed screens with differentcategories display so that you can enter your search criteria
3) Calendar search
A calendar-type dialog box is displayed so that you can select day month and yearThis is used in date fields such as invoice posting date
Hit List Matchcode -
This type of Matchcode is displayed for a list of values An example is theMatchcode for the Business Area field on the Create Project Initial Screenrdquo
bull Click on the Matchcode button in the Business Area field
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1828
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 17 of 28
bull Scroll down to see all values if necessarybull Double click on to a value such as 6101 to select it Same value shall get copied
into Business area field
Restrict Values
bull You can search the hit list for more than one value at a time for example allprofit center available in controlling are ldquo1000rdquo
bull Click the Enter buttonbull Result A list of the values you specified is displayed Double-click to select one
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1928
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 18 of 28
Calendar Search Matchcode-
Click on the Matchcode button The calendar dialog box displays the date on topand from left to right the monthyear week number and dates of the month
To change the month and year
bull Scroll up and down in the navigation bar on the right (see the month and yearchange in the left side of the box)
or
bull Click on either the month day or year displayed on the top Use the up anddown arrows on the right to change them See below
Double-click on the number of the day in the middle corresponding to the month
Result The entire date is copied into the entry field
124 FAQ - I am seeing so many values not relevant to my selection how do I seeonly relevant values
125 FAQ - How do I Insert Values in Personal List
Answer - You can restrict the values and customize your selection though addingthem into ldquoPersonal list optionrdquo
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2028
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 19 of 28
For example User wants to select the Company code during creation of Project forWestern telecom Project and he wants the company code to be inserted into hispersonal list He will follow the below steps
bull Select the value from the drop down list
bull Click on to insert the value in the personal list (Please select the values one
by one)
bull Click on Personal Value List icon to view the values listed in the Personal
list
Note Personal List will be used wherever you want to restrict the values to yourrelevant values only
bull You can move rename or delete favorites or Favorites folders Use the menu
path or Toolbar buttons described below to perform these tasks
Function Procedure
Create a Favorites folder Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Insert Folder
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2128
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 20 of 28
Move the Favorites folder to the bottom of the list of folders
Follow the menu path Extras gtgt SettingsSelect Display favorites at end of list
Move a favorite within a list offavorites
1 Select the favorite
2 Click the Down or Up buttons
Move a Favorites folder within
a list of Favorites folders
1 Select the Favorites folder
2 Click the Down or Up buttons
Rename a favorite See Renaming a Favorite
Rename a Favorites folder 1 Select the Favorites folder
2 Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Change or click
the Change Favorites button
3 Type in the new name and press the Enter button
Delete a favorite or Favoritesfolder
1 Select the favorite or Favorites folder2 Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Delete or click
the Delete Favorites button
126 FAQ - How Can I take a Print out from SAP127 FAQ - Irsquom not able to take a Print out from SAP128 FAQ - I need to take a Print out of a report available in SAP
Answer - Getting Hardcopy of SAP Data and Documents
SAP provides hardcopy output of the electronic data and documents stored in thesystem via the many SAP reports The printed reports are formatted and organizedfor use on paper
If you need a hardcopy of your SAP transactions or data you should use thesereports
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2228
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 21 of 28
bull Make sure you know approximately how many pages of output will be printedby paging through the report on the screen first You can also use the PrintPreview button available on the Print screen after you click on the Print
button
bull Make sure you know where you are printing The default printer in your userprofile is typically one close to your office Your user profile should have adefault printer If it doesnt you will be prompted to enter the printer name atthe time you print the report
bull When you click the Print button you will see a message in the Status Bar withthe print spool number Write down the print spool number You may need it ifthere is a print problem
bull Check the Output device field and make sure that the correct printer name andlocation are showing
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2328
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 22 of 28
bull Note down the Spool requested created at the status bar at the bottom of thescreen
bull Go to transaction SP02 to check the status of Print
129 FAQ - What is the report variant130 FAQ - How can I maintain a report variant131 FAQ - I have certain fixed parameters in Report is there any way by which I
can call transaction and execute same without entering any selectionparameter
132 FAQ - I do not need to see all columns of a report can I get the report whichis specific to my requirements
133 FAQ - I call up the report but do not want to take print out of all columnshow can I hide same and take a print
Answer -A report variant allows you to save the values that you entered into theselection fields on a report Once the variant is saved it can be used every time thereport is run To use a previously saved variant click on the Get Variant button andselect the desired variant The selection fields of the report are then pre-filled withthe values that were saved when the variant was created or last changed Each timeyou run the report using a variant you dont need to retype or select all the values inthe fields
You can create several variants for the same report each one containing differentvalues If you want to use identical selection criteria for multiple reports for
example the same range of cost objects you must create a separate variant for eachreport and then save it with the report where the values will be used
Creating a Report Variant
You can create a variant before a report In the following example a variant iscreated for the Project progress report though the procedure is the same for creatinga variant of any report
1 Enter the values that you want to save in the report fields
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2428
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 23 of 28
2 Click the Save as variant button
3 Type in the name of the variant
4 Type in a Description so that you and others can identify the variant
5 Click the Save button
bull Result The report screen returns with a message at the bottom that the varianthas been saved
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2528
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 24 of 28
Finding a Report Variant
1 Click the Get variant button on the report entry screen
Result A list of variants you searched for is displayed
2 Double-click on a variant to select it
3 Click the Execute button to run the report
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2628
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 25 of 28
134 FAQ - In system status bar message is coming ldquoYou are not authorizerdquo
Answer -When ever user is not authorized to carry out certain transaction system
pop up with the message ldquouser is not authorize to perform the taskrdquo
In case if you still want to take the authorization as a business need take a approvalof your supervisor and inform your system administrator with the approval
In certain cases you are authorized for the transaction but still system give you theerror message ldquoyou are not authorizedrdquo in that case immediately go to transactionSU53 take a screen shot and send same to your system administrator
2 Project System FAQ-
21 FAQ - Which transaction should I refer to create the project22 FAQ - Who all can create the Project23 FAQ - I am a JTO in Telecom office I execute the project at my location but
Irsquom not able to create a single Project
Answer -After log-in into system Go to transaction ldquoCJ01 ndash Create Project initialscreenrdquo to create the projectIn all the areas only EOrsquos and DErsquos are allowed to create the Project and its structure
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2728
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 26 of 28
24 FAQ - At which transaction should I attach survey report25 FAQ - I have attached the document but it is not opening
Answer -Any document related to Project can be attached via CV01n transaction
Note - Any document which need to be attached into SAP System against Project itshould be PDF MS office 2003 files (eg doc) or MS Office 2007 file (docx) only
26 FAQ - In my Old Files I have use used Note-sheet how can I create note-sheet into system
27 FAQ - I am not able to see my Note-sheet for all cutover projects28 FAQ - What should I enter in Sent mail to29 FAQ - I have entered the note sheet but it is visible properly to the person I
have sent
Answer - As in post ERP scenario note-sheet was widely used with every file sameway in ERP a note-sheet has been developed (transaction code ZPS_Notesheet)which will act in same way and can be used against each Project
To use an ERP note sheet just go to Transaction ZPS_notesheet then enter the WBSElement for which note sheet need to createdupdate Enter the HRMS number towhom it should be sent keeping in mind that the first digit from the HRMS numbershould be removed (in case HRMS number is not known same can be search viaclicking into match code button) Enter the comments in the Note sheet from the first
line ie without leaving any line in between as well as the first line and click on tosent button Note sheet will be available in SAP inbox of the person to whom it wassent to
Note - For all previous Project data (cutover project) note sheet has not beentaken into ERP and need to be referred manually by a respect person or the samecan be scanned and can be attached as document in ERP
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2828
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
210 FAQ - I am not able to do the Good Issue against project211 FAQ - At the time Goods issue against reservation I am getting an error
message ldquoDocument does not contain any itemsrdquo
Answer - Note that this issue might be there for projects related to ldquoCut OverrdquoOnly Next In order to overcome this issue please check the following settings andmake the necessary changes as shown below-
bull Go to T Code - CN22
bull Select the internal ActivitySelect the component Overview-Go to Component
overview details
bull Go to ldquoProcurement Parameterrdquo Tab
bull Check that the setting for ResPurchase Req is shown as ldquoNeverrdquo and as a result
the Indicator on ldquoMovement Allowedrdquo is not ticked
bull Change this setting manually to-
bull Save and then try the Goods Issue
bull The new settings will allow the Goods issue now
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 828
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 7 of 28
112 FAQ - What is the Transaction code what does it refers to
Answer - A transaction code is an alpha numeric character command that tells the system
location of atask Each SAP screen has a unique transaction code A transaction codemay contain only letters such as ZMPR or a combination of letters and numbers
such as me51
In SAP you can use transaction codes as a shortcut or alternative to using thenavigation path to get to a system task Type n followed by the transaction codeand press the EnterReturn key
For example instead of following the navigation path User Menu gtgt Role DGMgtgtPurchasing gtgt Requisitions gtgt Create a Requisition from the SAP User Menuscreen you can type nme51 in the Command field of any screen In either case theCreate Purchase Requisition Initial Screen is displayed
113 FAQ - Where should I write the Transaction code to move onto screen
Answer - Transaction Code should be entered into Command field
Command Field
The Command field is used to enter transaction codes that take you directly to asystem task without using menus Sometimes the Command field is closed bydefault To open it click the arrow to the left of the Save button To use it type thetransaction code in the blank field to the left and press enter
Closed Command Field
Open Command Field
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 928
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 8 of 28
114 FAQ - What does the button available on toolbar in Initial screen refers to
Answer - The SAP buttons displayed on the Toolbar provide quick access to
commonly used SAP functions If a Toolbar button is gray it is not available for useon that particular screen
Button KeyboardShortcut Description
EnterEnter key
Click on the Enter button when you want the system tovalidate your field entries and move to the next function
or screen in a system task Note that clicking
on Enter does not save the information you entered
(see Save below)
SaveCtrl S
Click on the Save button when you want to save data orsave changes to data in a system task
BackF3
Click on the Back button when you want to move back to
the previous screen or menu level
Exit
Shift F3
Click on the Exit button when you want to exit the currentmenu level or system task without saving the data
CancelF12
Click on the Cancel button when you want to cancel thedata you entered in the current system task
PrintCtrl P
Click on the Print button to print the SAP documentdisplayed on the screen
Find Ctrl F Click on the Find button (binoculars) when you want the
system to search for words and alphanumeric
combinations in the open document or display screen
Continue
Search
Ctrl G Use the Continue Search button (the binoculars with the
+ sign) to continue searching for a previously selected
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1028
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 9 of 28
search item
Paging These four Toolbar buttons are called the Paging buttonsYou use them to move through a long list or report
Ctrl Page Up To move to the first page click the button with two up
arrows
Page Up To move up one page click the button with the up arrow
Page Down To move down one page click the button with the downarrow
Ctrl Page Down To move to the last page click the button with two down
arrows
Help F1 The yellow question mark is the Help button It displays
generic (ie not MIT-specific) SAP Online Help Select a
field or message click the Help button and a definition of
the field or message will be displayed Not all fields havedefinitions and not all MIT workstations have the SAP
Online Help installed (due to disk space constraints on thespecific workstation)
(PC only)
None Create a new SAP session
(PC only)
Alt F12 Displays a menu that lets you change some of the options
on your PC such as cursor size and position Also allowsyou to print your screen (Hardcopy)
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1128
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 10 of 28
115 FAQ - What is the meaning of Required Default Input Grey-out andOptional fields referring to
Answer - SAP has three field types Required Default and Optional-
bull Required Entry fields are usually flagged with a tick mark You must enterdata in Required Entry fields in order to proceed with a system task
bull Default Entry fields already have a system entry However you may be able tooverwrite the system entry depending on the system task and or your SAPprofile
bull Grey-out Fields are those fields in which no data entry or data change isallowed These fields might have entry depending upon some other field data ormay be blank
bull Input EntryOptional Entry fields are those in which you may enter data but anentry is not required by the system in order to proceed with a system task SomeOptional Entry fields may become required depending on the values entered inother fields
116 FAQ - What is the meaning of status Bar
Answer - The Status Bar located at the bottom of the SAP screen displays systemmessages and other session information
The large field to the left displays system messages or errors such as Make an entryin all required fields Double-click on the message or click the red circle and adialogue box pops up that explains the message and what action to take
The second field defaults to display the system information such as system name(session number) and (client number) In the example above the system is PRD thesession number is (1) and the client number is (500)
If the Status Bar is closed on your PC click the arrow in the bottom right corner of
the screen to open it
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1228
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 11 of 28
To change the information displayed in this area click the Selection List button tothe right of the client number and select from the list that pops up
The third field to the right displays the host name for example PSE03ER1
The fourth field to the right indicates the input mode either overwrite or insertClick to switch between the two modes
117 FAQ - What Does SAP user Screen refers to how can I select same
Answer - There are one of two main screens you see when you first log on to SAP-
bull The SAP Menu screen which is the general screen delivered standard with SAP
bull The SAP User Menu screen is customized for BSNL transactions and shouldbe the default screen It displays at least three main menu folders labeled 1 Usermenu 2 Role (there may be more than one Roles folder) 3 Favorites
1 The User menu contains the Role folders and is personalized with your name2 The Role folder is the area menu such as Role DGM which contains transactionson the BSNL ERP System navigation menu You can have more than one Rolefolder depending on which area menus you are authorized to use
3 The Favorites folder can be used to store a list of your favorites ie frequentlyused transaction codes
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1328
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 12 of 28
118 FAQ - Where I can see my SAP Mailbox Notesheet task list tray
Answer - After login into system on the initial screen SAP mailbox Notesheet user task
tray can been seen by clicking onto SAP mailbox button available in system tray
119 FAQ - What are the Different kind of tool bar buttons available in SAP amp isthere any keyboard command for same
Answer - To display the button name and keyboard shortcut place the cursor overthe button Keyboard shortcuts may be different depending on the SAP function youare using
Standard Toolbar Buttons
Button
KeyboardShortcut Description Button
KeyboardShortcut Description
Enter key EnterContinue Ctrl G Continue Search
Ctrl S Save F1 Help
F3 Back Ctrl Page Up Scroll to top ofdocument
Shift F3 Exit System
Task Page Up
Scroll up onepage
F12 Cancel Page Down Scroll down one
page
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1428
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 13 of 28
Ctrl P Print Ctrl Page Down Scroll to last pageof document
Ctrl F Find (PC only) None
Create newsession
(PC only) Alt F12
Customize locallayout
Application Toolbar and Screen Buttons
Button
KeyboardShortcut Description Button
KeyboardShortcut Description
F8 Execute None UpdateRefresh
F5 Overview Shift F5 Get variant
Shift F2 Delete Shift F6 Selection screen help
Navigation Buttons
Button
Keyboard
Shortcut Description Button
Keyboard
Shortcut Description
Enter EnterContinueCopy F12 Cancel
F8 Scroll left Shift F1Shift F7
Scroll rightNext item
Ctrl Shift
F1 Move Favorites Up Ctrl Shift F2
Move FavoritesDown
Ctrl F7 Previous layout Ctrl F8 Next layout
Ctrl F10 User menu Ctrl F11 SAP menu
F6 Display Periodscreen
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1528
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 14 of 28
Matchcode Buttons
Button
Keyboard
Shortcut Description Button KeyboardShortcut Description
(Mac) F4 Display Matchcodelist (PC)
F4 Display Matchcode list
F6
Insert in personallist Click on anitem then on thebutton
Shift F6
Display personal valuelist After you create thepersonal list click on thebutton to end the list
Shift F6
Restores the
original Matchcodelist (PC only) Shift F4
Hold list displayed whileyou make a selection
Click on the button thendouble-click to select avalue
Working with Data
Button
KeyboardShortcut Description Button
KeyboardShortcut Description
Ctrl F1 Select all items onscreen Ctrl F2
Deselect all itemson screen
Ctrl F3
Startend of blockSelect the first itemclick the button Selectthe last item click thebutton
Ctrl F6 Display results
F7 Display all possiblevalues F8 Collapse all levels
Ctrl ShiftF5
Sort in ascending orderChange sort order todescending orascending (Fund Analysis rpt)
Ctrl ShiftF4
Sort in descendingorder
F2 Selection optionsChoose values gt lt etc Shift F4
Dynamic selectionsSelect additionalfields for searchcriteria
(Mac) F5
Display -gt ChangeSwitches from display tochange mode
Shift F5 Filter restrict valuesto search onMatchcode list
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1628
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 15 of 28
None
Multiple SelectionInclude or excludesingle values or rangesof values
None Replace item backinto workflow inWorkflow Inbox
Using Transactions (Reqs JVs etc)
Button
KeyboardShortcut Description Button
KeyboardShortcut Description
F6 Display headerdetails F2
Display line itemdetails
F2 Display additionalinfo for PO line item None
Services for object(Display JVs Reqs)
Shift F5Ctrl F12
General Statistics
(Reqs)PO History
Shift F5
Display delivery
schedule for a PO lineitem
Ctrl F11 Display deliveryaddress Shift F6
Display conditions for aPO line item
F7 Display the vendoraddress for a PO
Ctrl ShiftF6
Show release strategyfor PO
Formatting Text (Reqs JVs)
Button KeyboardShortcut Description Button KeyboardShortcut Description
Shift F2 Delete selection line (PC only)
Ctrl Shift F2 Copy text (JV lineitem)
(PC only) Ctrl Shift F1 Cut text (JV line item)
Ctrl F10
Shift F6 Item text (POs)Detailed text (JVs)
F9
Paste text into fieldafter you copy or cut itPosition the cursor andclick the button
(Mac only) Shift F4
Search andreplace words inthe JV text screen
F9 Select Click in a lineitem then on thebutton
F6 Create text (JVs)
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1728
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 16 of 28
120 FAQ - I am not aware what value do I need to fill into the field121 FAQ - How to search for the value for a single field122 FAQ - When I click on to Search field I am not do not see any value I got
another window123 FAQ - I am not aware what value do I need to fill into the field
Answer - For many entry fields but not all SAP provides a search function called aMatchcode Matchcodes allow you to select a value from a list or search for a valueby categories of data if there are many possibilitiesTo display the Matchcode button click in an entry field The Matchcode appears onthe right of the field
Types of Matchcodes -
Matchcodes fall into three basic categories
1) Short list or hit list
The values are listed on one screen For longer lists you may need to scroll down tosee all the values
2) Restrict Value Range
Many entries are available for the field A number of tabbed screens with differentcategories display so that you can enter your search criteria
3) Calendar search
A calendar-type dialog box is displayed so that you can select day month and yearThis is used in date fields such as invoice posting date
Hit List Matchcode -
This type of Matchcode is displayed for a list of values An example is theMatchcode for the Business Area field on the Create Project Initial Screenrdquo
bull Click on the Matchcode button in the Business Area field
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1828
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 17 of 28
bull Scroll down to see all values if necessarybull Double click on to a value such as 6101 to select it Same value shall get copied
into Business area field
Restrict Values
bull You can search the hit list for more than one value at a time for example allprofit center available in controlling are ldquo1000rdquo
bull Click the Enter buttonbull Result A list of the values you specified is displayed Double-click to select one
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1928
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 18 of 28
Calendar Search Matchcode-
Click on the Matchcode button The calendar dialog box displays the date on topand from left to right the monthyear week number and dates of the month
To change the month and year
bull Scroll up and down in the navigation bar on the right (see the month and yearchange in the left side of the box)
or
bull Click on either the month day or year displayed on the top Use the up anddown arrows on the right to change them See below
Double-click on the number of the day in the middle corresponding to the month
Result The entire date is copied into the entry field
124 FAQ - I am seeing so many values not relevant to my selection how do I seeonly relevant values
125 FAQ - How do I Insert Values in Personal List
Answer - You can restrict the values and customize your selection though addingthem into ldquoPersonal list optionrdquo
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2028
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 19 of 28
For example User wants to select the Company code during creation of Project forWestern telecom Project and he wants the company code to be inserted into hispersonal list He will follow the below steps
bull Select the value from the drop down list
bull Click on to insert the value in the personal list (Please select the values one
by one)
bull Click on Personal Value List icon to view the values listed in the Personal
list
Note Personal List will be used wherever you want to restrict the values to yourrelevant values only
bull You can move rename or delete favorites or Favorites folders Use the menu
path or Toolbar buttons described below to perform these tasks
Function Procedure
Create a Favorites folder Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Insert Folder
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2128
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 20 of 28
Move the Favorites folder to the bottom of the list of folders
Follow the menu path Extras gtgt SettingsSelect Display favorites at end of list
Move a favorite within a list offavorites
1 Select the favorite
2 Click the Down or Up buttons
Move a Favorites folder within
a list of Favorites folders
1 Select the Favorites folder
2 Click the Down or Up buttons
Rename a favorite See Renaming a Favorite
Rename a Favorites folder 1 Select the Favorites folder
2 Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Change or click
the Change Favorites button
3 Type in the new name and press the Enter button
Delete a favorite or Favoritesfolder
1 Select the favorite or Favorites folder2 Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Delete or click
the Delete Favorites button
126 FAQ - How Can I take a Print out from SAP127 FAQ - Irsquom not able to take a Print out from SAP128 FAQ - I need to take a Print out of a report available in SAP
Answer - Getting Hardcopy of SAP Data and Documents
SAP provides hardcopy output of the electronic data and documents stored in thesystem via the many SAP reports The printed reports are formatted and organizedfor use on paper
If you need a hardcopy of your SAP transactions or data you should use thesereports
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2228
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 21 of 28
bull Make sure you know approximately how many pages of output will be printedby paging through the report on the screen first You can also use the PrintPreview button available on the Print screen after you click on the Print
button
bull Make sure you know where you are printing The default printer in your userprofile is typically one close to your office Your user profile should have adefault printer If it doesnt you will be prompted to enter the printer name atthe time you print the report
bull When you click the Print button you will see a message in the Status Bar withthe print spool number Write down the print spool number You may need it ifthere is a print problem
bull Check the Output device field and make sure that the correct printer name andlocation are showing
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2328
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 22 of 28
bull Note down the Spool requested created at the status bar at the bottom of thescreen
bull Go to transaction SP02 to check the status of Print
129 FAQ - What is the report variant130 FAQ - How can I maintain a report variant131 FAQ - I have certain fixed parameters in Report is there any way by which I
can call transaction and execute same without entering any selectionparameter
132 FAQ - I do not need to see all columns of a report can I get the report whichis specific to my requirements
133 FAQ - I call up the report but do not want to take print out of all columnshow can I hide same and take a print
Answer -A report variant allows you to save the values that you entered into theselection fields on a report Once the variant is saved it can be used every time thereport is run To use a previously saved variant click on the Get Variant button andselect the desired variant The selection fields of the report are then pre-filled withthe values that were saved when the variant was created or last changed Each timeyou run the report using a variant you dont need to retype or select all the values inthe fields
You can create several variants for the same report each one containing differentvalues If you want to use identical selection criteria for multiple reports for
example the same range of cost objects you must create a separate variant for eachreport and then save it with the report where the values will be used
Creating a Report Variant
You can create a variant before a report In the following example a variant iscreated for the Project progress report though the procedure is the same for creatinga variant of any report
1 Enter the values that you want to save in the report fields
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2428
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 23 of 28
2 Click the Save as variant button
3 Type in the name of the variant
4 Type in a Description so that you and others can identify the variant
5 Click the Save button
bull Result The report screen returns with a message at the bottom that the varianthas been saved
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2528
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 24 of 28
Finding a Report Variant
1 Click the Get variant button on the report entry screen
Result A list of variants you searched for is displayed
2 Double-click on a variant to select it
3 Click the Execute button to run the report
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2628
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 25 of 28
134 FAQ - In system status bar message is coming ldquoYou are not authorizerdquo
Answer -When ever user is not authorized to carry out certain transaction system
pop up with the message ldquouser is not authorize to perform the taskrdquo
In case if you still want to take the authorization as a business need take a approvalof your supervisor and inform your system administrator with the approval
In certain cases you are authorized for the transaction but still system give you theerror message ldquoyou are not authorizedrdquo in that case immediately go to transactionSU53 take a screen shot and send same to your system administrator
2 Project System FAQ-
21 FAQ - Which transaction should I refer to create the project22 FAQ - Who all can create the Project23 FAQ - I am a JTO in Telecom office I execute the project at my location but
Irsquom not able to create a single Project
Answer -After log-in into system Go to transaction ldquoCJ01 ndash Create Project initialscreenrdquo to create the projectIn all the areas only EOrsquos and DErsquos are allowed to create the Project and its structure
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2728
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 26 of 28
24 FAQ - At which transaction should I attach survey report25 FAQ - I have attached the document but it is not opening
Answer -Any document related to Project can be attached via CV01n transaction
Note - Any document which need to be attached into SAP System against Project itshould be PDF MS office 2003 files (eg doc) or MS Office 2007 file (docx) only
26 FAQ - In my Old Files I have use used Note-sheet how can I create note-sheet into system
27 FAQ - I am not able to see my Note-sheet for all cutover projects28 FAQ - What should I enter in Sent mail to29 FAQ - I have entered the note sheet but it is visible properly to the person I
have sent
Answer - As in post ERP scenario note-sheet was widely used with every file sameway in ERP a note-sheet has been developed (transaction code ZPS_Notesheet)which will act in same way and can be used against each Project
To use an ERP note sheet just go to Transaction ZPS_notesheet then enter the WBSElement for which note sheet need to createdupdate Enter the HRMS number towhom it should be sent keeping in mind that the first digit from the HRMS numbershould be removed (in case HRMS number is not known same can be search viaclicking into match code button) Enter the comments in the Note sheet from the first
line ie without leaving any line in between as well as the first line and click on tosent button Note sheet will be available in SAP inbox of the person to whom it wassent to
Note - For all previous Project data (cutover project) note sheet has not beentaken into ERP and need to be referred manually by a respect person or the samecan be scanned and can be attached as document in ERP
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2828
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
210 FAQ - I am not able to do the Good Issue against project211 FAQ - At the time Goods issue against reservation I am getting an error
message ldquoDocument does not contain any itemsrdquo
Answer - Note that this issue might be there for projects related to ldquoCut OverrdquoOnly Next In order to overcome this issue please check the following settings andmake the necessary changes as shown below-
bull Go to T Code - CN22
bull Select the internal ActivitySelect the component Overview-Go to Component
overview details
bull Go to ldquoProcurement Parameterrdquo Tab
bull Check that the setting for ResPurchase Req is shown as ldquoNeverrdquo and as a result
the Indicator on ldquoMovement Allowedrdquo is not ticked
bull Change this setting manually to-
bull Save and then try the Goods Issue
bull The new settings will allow the Goods issue now
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 928
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 8 of 28
114 FAQ - What does the button available on toolbar in Initial screen refers to
Answer - The SAP buttons displayed on the Toolbar provide quick access to
commonly used SAP functions If a Toolbar button is gray it is not available for useon that particular screen
Button KeyboardShortcut Description
EnterEnter key
Click on the Enter button when you want the system tovalidate your field entries and move to the next function
or screen in a system task Note that clicking
on Enter does not save the information you entered
(see Save below)
SaveCtrl S
Click on the Save button when you want to save data orsave changes to data in a system task
BackF3
Click on the Back button when you want to move back to
the previous screen or menu level
Exit
Shift F3
Click on the Exit button when you want to exit the currentmenu level or system task without saving the data
CancelF12
Click on the Cancel button when you want to cancel thedata you entered in the current system task
PrintCtrl P
Click on the Print button to print the SAP documentdisplayed on the screen
Find Ctrl F Click on the Find button (binoculars) when you want the
system to search for words and alphanumeric
combinations in the open document or display screen
Continue
Search
Ctrl G Use the Continue Search button (the binoculars with the
+ sign) to continue searching for a previously selected
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1028
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 9 of 28
search item
Paging These four Toolbar buttons are called the Paging buttonsYou use them to move through a long list or report
Ctrl Page Up To move to the first page click the button with two up
arrows
Page Up To move up one page click the button with the up arrow
Page Down To move down one page click the button with the downarrow
Ctrl Page Down To move to the last page click the button with two down
arrows
Help F1 The yellow question mark is the Help button It displays
generic (ie not MIT-specific) SAP Online Help Select a
field or message click the Help button and a definition of
the field or message will be displayed Not all fields havedefinitions and not all MIT workstations have the SAP
Online Help installed (due to disk space constraints on thespecific workstation)
(PC only)
None Create a new SAP session
(PC only)
Alt F12 Displays a menu that lets you change some of the options
on your PC such as cursor size and position Also allowsyou to print your screen (Hardcopy)
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1128
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 10 of 28
115 FAQ - What is the meaning of Required Default Input Grey-out andOptional fields referring to
Answer - SAP has three field types Required Default and Optional-
bull Required Entry fields are usually flagged with a tick mark You must enterdata in Required Entry fields in order to proceed with a system task
bull Default Entry fields already have a system entry However you may be able tooverwrite the system entry depending on the system task and or your SAPprofile
bull Grey-out Fields are those fields in which no data entry or data change isallowed These fields might have entry depending upon some other field data ormay be blank
bull Input EntryOptional Entry fields are those in which you may enter data but anentry is not required by the system in order to proceed with a system task SomeOptional Entry fields may become required depending on the values entered inother fields
116 FAQ - What is the meaning of status Bar
Answer - The Status Bar located at the bottom of the SAP screen displays systemmessages and other session information
The large field to the left displays system messages or errors such as Make an entryin all required fields Double-click on the message or click the red circle and adialogue box pops up that explains the message and what action to take
The second field defaults to display the system information such as system name(session number) and (client number) In the example above the system is PRD thesession number is (1) and the client number is (500)
If the Status Bar is closed on your PC click the arrow in the bottom right corner of
the screen to open it
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1228
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 11 of 28
To change the information displayed in this area click the Selection List button tothe right of the client number and select from the list that pops up
The third field to the right displays the host name for example PSE03ER1
The fourth field to the right indicates the input mode either overwrite or insertClick to switch between the two modes
117 FAQ - What Does SAP user Screen refers to how can I select same
Answer - There are one of two main screens you see when you first log on to SAP-
bull The SAP Menu screen which is the general screen delivered standard with SAP
bull The SAP User Menu screen is customized for BSNL transactions and shouldbe the default screen It displays at least three main menu folders labeled 1 Usermenu 2 Role (there may be more than one Roles folder) 3 Favorites
1 The User menu contains the Role folders and is personalized with your name2 The Role folder is the area menu such as Role DGM which contains transactionson the BSNL ERP System navigation menu You can have more than one Rolefolder depending on which area menus you are authorized to use
3 The Favorites folder can be used to store a list of your favorites ie frequentlyused transaction codes
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1328
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 12 of 28
118 FAQ - Where I can see my SAP Mailbox Notesheet task list tray
Answer - After login into system on the initial screen SAP mailbox Notesheet user task
tray can been seen by clicking onto SAP mailbox button available in system tray
119 FAQ - What are the Different kind of tool bar buttons available in SAP amp isthere any keyboard command for same
Answer - To display the button name and keyboard shortcut place the cursor overthe button Keyboard shortcuts may be different depending on the SAP function youare using
Standard Toolbar Buttons
Button
KeyboardShortcut Description Button
KeyboardShortcut Description
Enter key EnterContinue Ctrl G Continue Search
Ctrl S Save F1 Help
F3 Back Ctrl Page Up Scroll to top ofdocument
Shift F3 Exit System
Task Page Up
Scroll up onepage
F12 Cancel Page Down Scroll down one
page
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1428
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 13 of 28
Ctrl P Print Ctrl Page Down Scroll to last pageof document
Ctrl F Find (PC only) None
Create newsession
(PC only) Alt F12
Customize locallayout
Application Toolbar and Screen Buttons
Button
KeyboardShortcut Description Button
KeyboardShortcut Description
F8 Execute None UpdateRefresh
F5 Overview Shift F5 Get variant
Shift F2 Delete Shift F6 Selection screen help
Navigation Buttons
Button
Keyboard
Shortcut Description Button
Keyboard
Shortcut Description
Enter EnterContinueCopy F12 Cancel
F8 Scroll left Shift F1Shift F7
Scroll rightNext item
Ctrl Shift
F1 Move Favorites Up Ctrl Shift F2
Move FavoritesDown
Ctrl F7 Previous layout Ctrl F8 Next layout
Ctrl F10 User menu Ctrl F11 SAP menu
F6 Display Periodscreen
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1528
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 14 of 28
Matchcode Buttons
Button
Keyboard
Shortcut Description Button KeyboardShortcut Description
(Mac) F4 Display Matchcodelist (PC)
F4 Display Matchcode list
F6
Insert in personallist Click on anitem then on thebutton
Shift F6
Display personal valuelist After you create thepersonal list click on thebutton to end the list
Shift F6
Restores the
original Matchcodelist (PC only) Shift F4
Hold list displayed whileyou make a selection
Click on the button thendouble-click to select avalue
Working with Data
Button
KeyboardShortcut Description Button
KeyboardShortcut Description
Ctrl F1 Select all items onscreen Ctrl F2
Deselect all itemson screen
Ctrl F3
Startend of blockSelect the first itemclick the button Selectthe last item click thebutton
Ctrl F6 Display results
F7 Display all possiblevalues F8 Collapse all levels
Ctrl ShiftF5
Sort in ascending orderChange sort order todescending orascending (Fund Analysis rpt)
Ctrl ShiftF4
Sort in descendingorder
F2 Selection optionsChoose values gt lt etc Shift F4
Dynamic selectionsSelect additionalfields for searchcriteria
(Mac) F5
Display -gt ChangeSwitches from display tochange mode
Shift F5 Filter restrict valuesto search onMatchcode list
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1628
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 15 of 28
None
Multiple SelectionInclude or excludesingle values or rangesof values
None Replace item backinto workflow inWorkflow Inbox
Using Transactions (Reqs JVs etc)
Button
KeyboardShortcut Description Button
KeyboardShortcut Description
F6 Display headerdetails F2
Display line itemdetails
F2 Display additionalinfo for PO line item None
Services for object(Display JVs Reqs)
Shift F5Ctrl F12
General Statistics
(Reqs)PO History
Shift F5
Display delivery
schedule for a PO lineitem
Ctrl F11 Display deliveryaddress Shift F6
Display conditions for aPO line item
F7 Display the vendoraddress for a PO
Ctrl ShiftF6
Show release strategyfor PO
Formatting Text (Reqs JVs)
Button KeyboardShortcut Description Button KeyboardShortcut Description
Shift F2 Delete selection line (PC only)
Ctrl Shift F2 Copy text (JV lineitem)
(PC only) Ctrl Shift F1 Cut text (JV line item)
Ctrl F10
Shift F6 Item text (POs)Detailed text (JVs)
F9
Paste text into fieldafter you copy or cut itPosition the cursor andclick the button
(Mac only) Shift F4
Search andreplace words inthe JV text screen
F9 Select Click in a lineitem then on thebutton
F6 Create text (JVs)
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1728
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 16 of 28
120 FAQ - I am not aware what value do I need to fill into the field121 FAQ - How to search for the value for a single field122 FAQ - When I click on to Search field I am not do not see any value I got
another window123 FAQ - I am not aware what value do I need to fill into the field
Answer - For many entry fields but not all SAP provides a search function called aMatchcode Matchcodes allow you to select a value from a list or search for a valueby categories of data if there are many possibilitiesTo display the Matchcode button click in an entry field The Matchcode appears onthe right of the field
Types of Matchcodes -
Matchcodes fall into three basic categories
1) Short list or hit list
The values are listed on one screen For longer lists you may need to scroll down tosee all the values
2) Restrict Value Range
Many entries are available for the field A number of tabbed screens with differentcategories display so that you can enter your search criteria
3) Calendar search
A calendar-type dialog box is displayed so that you can select day month and yearThis is used in date fields such as invoice posting date
Hit List Matchcode -
This type of Matchcode is displayed for a list of values An example is theMatchcode for the Business Area field on the Create Project Initial Screenrdquo
bull Click on the Matchcode button in the Business Area field
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1828
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 17 of 28
bull Scroll down to see all values if necessarybull Double click on to a value such as 6101 to select it Same value shall get copied
into Business area field
Restrict Values
bull You can search the hit list for more than one value at a time for example allprofit center available in controlling are ldquo1000rdquo
bull Click the Enter buttonbull Result A list of the values you specified is displayed Double-click to select one
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1928
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 18 of 28
Calendar Search Matchcode-
Click on the Matchcode button The calendar dialog box displays the date on topand from left to right the monthyear week number and dates of the month
To change the month and year
bull Scroll up and down in the navigation bar on the right (see the month and yearchange in the left side of the box)
or
bull Click on either the month day or year displayed on the top Use the up anddown arrows on the right to change them See below
Double-click on the number of the day in the middle corresponding to the month
Result The entire date is copied into the entry field
124 FAQ - I am seeing so many values not relevant to my selection how do I seeonly relevant values
125 FAQ - How do I Insert Values in Personal List
Answer - You can restrict the values and customize your selection though addingthem into ldquoPersonal list optionrdquo
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2028
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 19 of 28
For example User wants to select the Company code during creation of Project forWestern telecom Project and he wants the company code to be inserted into hispersonal list He will follow the below steps
bull Select the value from the drop down list
bull Click on to insert the value in the personal list (Please select the values one
by one)
bull Click on Personal Value List icon to view the values listed in the Personal
list
Note Personal List will be used wherever you want to restrict the values to yourrelevant values only
bull You can move rename or delete favorites or Favorites folders Use the menu
path or Toolbar buttons described below to perform these tasks
Function Procedure
Create a Favorites folder Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Insert Folder
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2128
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 20 of 28
Move the Favorites folder to the bottom of the list of folders
Follow the menu path Extras gtgt SettingsSelect Display favorites at end of list
Move a favorite within a list offavorites
1 Select the favorite
2 Click the Down or Up buttons
Move a Favorites folder within
a list of Favorites folders
1 Select the Favorites folder
2 Click the Down or Up buttons
Rename a favorite See Renaming a Favorite
Rename a Favorites folder 1 Select the Favorites folder
2 Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Change or click
the Change Favorites button
3 Type in the new name and press the Enter button
Delete a favorite or Favoritesfolder
1 Select the favorite or Favorites folder2 Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Delete or click
the Delete Favorites button
126 FAQ - How Can I take a Print out from SAP127 FAQ - Irsquom not able to take a Print out from SAP128 FAQ - I need to take a Print out of a report available in SAP
Answer - Getting Hardcopy of SAP Data and Documents
SAP provides hardcopy output of the electronic data and documents stored in thesystem via the many SAP reports The printed reports are formatted and organizedfor use on paper
If you need a hardcopy of your SAP transactions or data you should use thesereports
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2228
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 21 of 28
bull Make sure you know approximately how many pages of output will be printedby paging through the report on the screen first You can also use the PrintPreview button available on the Print screen after you click on the Print
button
bull Make sure you know where you are printing The default printer in your userprofile is typically one close to your office Your user profile should have adefault printer If it doesnt you will be prompted to enter the printer name atthe time you print the report
bull When you click the Print button you will see a message in the Status Bar withthe print spool number Write down the print spool number You may need it ifthere is a print problem
bull Check the Output device field and make sure that the correct printer name andlocation are showing
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2328
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 22 of 28
bull Note down the Spool requested created at the status bar at the bottom of thescreen
bull Go to transaction SP02 to check the status of Print
129 FAQ - What is the report variant130 FAQ - How can I maintain a report variant131 FAQ - I have certain fixed parameters in Report is there any way by which I
can call transaction and execute same without entering any selectionparameter
132 FAQ - I do not need to see all columns of a report can I get the report whichis specific to my requirements
133 FAQ - I call up the report but do not want to take print out of all columnshow can I hide same and take a print
Answer -A report variant allows you to save the values that you entered into theselection fields on a report Once the variant is saved it can be used every time thereport is run To use a previously saved variant click on the Get Variant button andselect the desired variant The selection fields of the report are then pre-filled withthe values that were saved when the variant was created or last changed Each timeyou run the report using a variant you dont need to retype or select all the values inthe fields
You can create several variants for the same report each one containing differentvalues If you want to use identical selection criteria for multiple reports for
example the same range of cost objects you must create a separate variant for eachreport and then save it with the report where the values will be used
Creating a Report Variant
You can create a variant before a report In the following example a variant iscreated for the Project progress report though the procedure is the same for creatinga variant of any report
1 Enter the values that you want to save in the report fields
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2428
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 23 of 28
2 Click the Save as variant button
3 Type in the name of the variant
4 Type in a Description so that you and others can identify the variant
5 Click the Save button
bull Result The report screen returns with a message at the bottom that the varianthas been saved
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2528
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 24 of 28
Finding a Report Variant
1 Click the Get variant button on the report entry screen
Result A list of variants you searched for is displayed
2 Double-click on a variant to select it
3 Click the Execute button to run the report
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2628
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 25 of 28
134 FAQ - In system status bar message is coming ldquoYou are not authorizerdquo
Answer -When ever user is not authorized to carry out certain transaction system
pop up with the message ldquouser is not authorize to perform the taskrdquo
In case if you still want to take the authorization as a business need take a approvalof your supervisor and inform your system administrator with the approval
In certain cases you are authorized for the transaction but still system give you theerror message ldquoyou are not authorizedrdquo in that case immediately go to transactionSU53 take a screen shot and send same to your system administrator
2 Project System FAQ-
21 FAQ - Which transaction should I refer to create the project22 FAQ - Who all can create the Project23 FAQ - I am a JTO in Telecom office I execute the project at my location but
Irsquom not able to create a single Project
Answer -After log-in into system Go to transaction ldquoCJ01 ndash Create Project initialscreenrdquo to create the projectIn all the areas only EOrsquos and DErsquos are allowed to create the Project and its structure
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2728
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 26 of 28
24 FAQ - At which transaction should I attach survey report25 FAQ - I have attached the document but it is not opening
Answer -Any document related to Project can be attached via CV01n transaction
Note - Any document which need to be attached into SAP System against Project itshould be PDF MS office 2003 files (eg doc) or MS Office 2007 file (docx) only
26 FAQ - In my Old Files I have use used Note-sheet how can I create note-sheet into system
27 FAQ - I am not able to see my Note-sheet for all cutover projects28 FAQ - What should I enter in Sent mail to29 FAQ - I have entered the note sheet but it is visible properly to the person I
have sent
Answer - As in post ERP scenario note-sheet was widely used with every file sameway in ERP a note-sheet has been developed (transaction code ZPS_Notesheet)which will act in same way and can be used against each Project
To use an ERP note sheet just go to Transaction ZPS_notesheet then enter the WBSElement for which note sheet need to createdupdate Enter the HRMS number towhom it should be sent keeping in mind that the first digit from the HRMS numbershould be removed (in case HRMS number is not known same can be search viaclicking into match code button) Enter the comments in the Note sheet from the first
line ie without leaving any line in between as well as the first line and click on tosent button Note sheet will be available in SAP inbox of the person to whom it wassent to
Note - For all previous Project data (cutover project) note sheet has not beentaken into ERP and need to be referred manually by a respect person or the samecan be scanned and can be attached as document in ERP
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2828
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
210 FAQ - I am not able to do the Good Issue against project211 FAQ - At the time Goods issue against reservation I am getting an error
message ldquoDocument does not contain any itemsrdquo
Answer - Note that this issue might be there for projects related to ldquoCut OverrdquoOnly Next In order to overcome this issue please check the following settings andmake the necessary changes as shown below-
bull Go to T Code - CN22
bull Select the internal ActivitySelect the component Overview-Go to Component
overview details
bull Go to ldquoProcurement Parameterrdquo Tab
bull Check that the setting for ResPurchase Req is shown as ldquoNeverrdquo and as a result
the Indicator on ldquoMovement Allowedrdquo is not ticked
bull Change this setting manually to-
bull Save and then try the Goods Issue
bull The new settings will allow the Goods issue now
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1028
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 9 of 28
search item
Paging These four Toolbar buttons are called the Paging buttonsYou use them to move through a long list or report
Ctrl Page Up To move to the first page click the button with two up
arrows
Page Up To move up one page click the button with the up arrow
Page Down To move down one page click the button with the downarrow
Ctrl Page Down To move to the last page click the button with two down
arrows
Help F1 The yellow question mark is the Help button It displays
generic (ie not MIT-specific) SAP Online Help Select a
field or message click the Help button and a definition of
the field or message will be displayed Not all fields havedefinitions and not all MIT workstations have the SAP
Online Help installed (due to disk space constraints on thespecific workstation)
(PC only)
None Create a new SAP session
(PC only)
Alt F12 Displays a menu that lets you change some of the options
on your PC such as cursor size and position Also allowsyou to print your screen (Hardcopy)
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1128
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 10 of 28
115 FAQ - What is the meaning of Required Default Input Grey-out andOptional fields referring to
Answer - SAP has three field types Required Default and Optional-
bull Required Entry fields are usually flagged with a tick mark You must enterdata in Required Entry fields in order to proceed with a system task
bull Default Entry fields already have a system entry However you may be able tooverwrite the system entry depending on the system task and or your SAPprofile
bull Grey-out Fields are those fields in which no data entry or data change isallowed These fields might have entry depending upon some other field data ormay be blank
bull Input EntryOptional Entry fields are those in which you may enter data but anentry is not required by the system in order to proceed with a system task SomeOptional Entry fields may become required depending on the values entered inother fields
116 FAQ - What is the meaning of status Bar
Answer - The Status Bar located at the bottom of the SAP screen displays systemmessages and other session information
The large field to the left displays system messages or errors such as Make an entryin all required fields Double-click on the message or click the red circle and adialogue box pops up that explains the message and what action to take
The second field defaults to display the system information such as system name(session number) and (client number) In the example above the system is PRD thesession number is (1) and the client number is (500)
If the Status Bar is closed on your PC click the arrow in the bottom right corner of
the screen to open it
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1228
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 11 of 28
To change the information displayed in this area click the Selection List button tothe right of the client number and select from the list that pops up
The third field to the right displays the host name for example PSE03ER1
The fourth field to the right indicates the input mode either overwrite or insertClick to switch between the two modes
117 FAQ - What Does SAP user Screen refers to how can I select same
Answer - There are one of two main screens you see when you first log on to SAP-
bull The SAP Menu screen which is the general screen delivered standard with SAP
bull The SAP User Menu screen is customized for BSNL transactions and shouldbe the default screen It displays at least three main menu folders labeled 1 Usermenu 2 Role (there may be more than one Roles folder) 3 Favorites
1 The User menu contains the Role folders and is personalized with your name2 The Role folder is the area menu such as Role DGM which contains transactionson the BSNL ERP System navigation menu You can have more than one Rolefolder depending on which area menus you are authorized to use
3 The Favorites folder can be used to store a list of your favorites ie frequentlyused transaction codes
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1328
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 12 of 28
118 FAQ - Where I can see my SAP Mailbox Notesheet task list tray
Answer - After login into system on the initial screen SAP mailbox Notesheet user task
tray can been seen by clicking onto SAP mailbox button available in system tray
119 FAQ - What are the Different kind of tool bar buttons available in SAP amp isthere any keyboard command for same
Answer - To display the button name and keyboard shortcut place the cursor overthe button Keyboard shortcuts may be different depending on the SAP function youare using
Standard Toolbar Buttons
Button
KeyboardShortcut Description Button
KeyboardShortcut Description
Enter key EnterContinue Ctrl G Continue Search
Ctrl S Save F1 Help
F3 Back Ctrl Page Up Scroll to top ofdocument
Shift F3 Exit System
Task Page Up
Scroll up onepage
F12 Cancel Page Down Scroll down one
page
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1428
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 13 of 28
Ctrl P Print Ctrl Page Down Scroll to last pageof document
Ctrl F Find (PC only) None
Create newsession
(PC only) Alt F12
Customize locallayout
Application Toolbar and Screen Buttons
Button
KeyboardShortcut Description Button
KeyboardShortcut Description
F8 Execute None UpdateRefresh
F5 Overview Shift F5 Get variant
Shift F2 Delete Shift F6 Selection screen help
Navigation Buttons
Button
Keyboard
Shortcut Description Button
Keyboard
Shortcut Description
Enter EnterContinueCopy F12 Cancel
F8 Scroll left Shift F1Shift F7
Scroll rightNext item
Ctrl Shift
F1 Move Favorites Up Ctrl Shift F2
Move FavoritesDown
Ctrl F7 Previous layout Ctrl F8 Next layout
Ctrl F10 User menu Ctrl F11 SAP menu
F6 Display Periodscreen
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1528
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 14 of 28
Matchcode Buttons
Button
Keyboard
Shortcut Description Button KeyboardShortcut Description
(Mac) F4 Display Matchcodelist (PC)
F4 Display Matchcode list
F6
Insert in personallist Click on anitem then on thebutton
Shift F6
Display personal valuelist After you create thepersonal list click on thebutton to end the list
Shift F6
Restores the
original Matchcodelist (PC only) Shift F4
Hold list displayed whileyou make a selection
Click on the button thendouble-click to select avalue
Working with Data
Button
KeyboardShortcut Description Button
KeyboardShortcut Description
Ctrl F1 Select all items onscreen Ctrl F2
Deselect all itemson screen
Ctrl F3
Startend of blockSelect the first itemclick the button Selectthe last item click thebutton
Ctrl F6 Display results
F7 Display all possiblevalues F8 Collapse all levels
Ctrl ShiftF5
Sort in ascending orderChange sort order todescending orascending (Fund Analysis rpt)
Ctrl ShiftF4
Sort in descendingorder
F2 Selection optionsChoose values gt lt etc Shift F4
Dynamic selectionsSelect additionalfields for searchcriteria
(Mac) F5
Display -gt ChangeSwitches from display tochange mode
Shift F5 Filter restrict valuesto search onMatchcode list
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1628
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 15 of 28
None
Multiple SelectionInclude or excludesingle values or rangesof values
None Replace item backinto workflow inWorkflow Inbox
Using Transactions (Reqs JVs etc)
Button
KeyboardShortcut Description Button
KeyboardShortcut Description
F6 Display headerdetails F2
Display line itemdetails
F2 Display additionalinfo for PO line item None
Services for object(Display JVs Reqs)
Shift F5Ctrl F12
General Statistics
(Reqs)PO History
Shift F5
Display delivery
schedule for a PO lineitem
Ctrl F11 Display deliveryaddress Shift F6
Display conditions for aPO line item
F7 Display the vendoraddress for a PO
Ctrl ShiftF6
Show release strategyfor PO
Formatting Text (Reqs JVs)
Button KeyboardShortcut Description Button KeyboardShortcut Description
Shift F2 Delete selection line (PC only)
Ctrl Shift F2 Copy text (JV lineitem)
(PC only) Ctrl Shift F1 Cut text (JV line item)
Ctrl F10
Shift F6 Item text (POs)Detailed text (JVs)
F9
Paste text into fieldafter you copy or cut itPosition the cursor andclick the button
(Mac only) Shift F4
Search andreplace words inthe JV text screen
F9 Select Click in a lineitem then on thebutton
F6 Create text (JVs)
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1728
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 16 of 28
120 FAQ - I am not aware what value do I need to fill into the field121 FAQ - How to search for the value for a single field122 FAQ - When I click on to Search field I am not do not see any value I got
another window123 FAQ - I am not aware what value do I need to fill into the field
Answer - For many entry fields but not all SAP provides a search function called aMatchcode Matchcodes allow you to select a value from a list or search for a valueby categories of data if there are many possibilitiesTo display the Matchcode button click in an entry field The Matchcode appears onthe right of the field
Types of Matchcodes -
Matchcodes fall into three basic categories
1) Short list or hit list
The values are listed on one screen For longer lists you may need to scroll down tosee all the values
2) Restrict Value Range
Many entries are available for the field A number of tabbed screens with differentcategories display so that you can enter your search criteria
3) Calendar search
A calendar-type dialog box is displayed so that you can select day month and yearThis is used in date fields such as invoice posting date
Hit List Matchcode -
This type of Matchcode is displayed for a list of values An example is theMatchcode for the Business Area field on the Create Project Initial Screenrdquo
bull Click on the Matchcode button in the Business Area field
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1828
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 17 of 28
bull Scroll down to see all values if necessarybull Double click on to a value such as 6101 to select it Same value shall get copied
into Business area field
Restrict Values
bull You can search the hit list for more than one value at a time for example allprofit center available in controlling are ldquo1000rdquo
bull Click the Enter buttonbull Result A list of the values you specified is displayed Double-click to select one
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1928
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 18 of 28
Calendar Search Matchcode-
Click on the Matchcode button The calendar dialog box displays the date on topand from left to right the monthyear week number and dates of the month
To change the month and year
bull Scroll up and down in the navigation bar on the right (see the month and yearchange in the left side of the box)
or
bull Click on either the month day or year displayed on the top Use the up anddown arrows on the right to change them See below
Double-click on the number of the day in the middle corresponding to the month
Result The entire date is copied into the entry field
124 FAQ - I am seeing so many values not relevant to my selection how do I seeonly relevant values
125 FAQ - How do I Insert Values in Personal List
Answer - You can restrict the values and customize your selection though addingthem into ldquoPersonal list optionrdquo
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2028
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 19 of 28
For example User wants to select the Company code during creation of Project forWestern telecom Project and he wants the company code to be inserted into hispersonal list He will follow the below steps
bull Select the value from the drop down list
bull Click on to insert the value in the personal list (Please select the values one
by one)
bull Click on Personal Value List icon to view the values listed in the Personal
list
Note Personal List will be used wherever you want to restrict the values to yourrelevant values only
bull You can move rename or delete favorites or Favorites folders Use the menu
path or Toolbar buttons described below to perform these tasks
Function Procedure
Create a Favorites folder Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Insert Folder
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2128
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 20 of 28
Move the Favorites folder to the bottom of the list of folders
Follow the menu path Extras gtgt SettingsSelect Display favorites at end of list
Move a favorite within a list offavorites
1 Select the favorite
2 Click the Down or Up buttons
Move a Favorites folder within
a list of Favorites folders
1 Select the Favorites folder
2 Click the Down or Up buttons
Rename a favorite See Renaming a Favorite
Rename a Favorites folder 1 Select the Favorites folder
2 Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Change or click
the Change Favorites button
3 Type in the new name and press the Enter button
Delete a favorite or Favoritesfolder
1 Select the favorite or Favorites folder2 Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Delete or click
the Delete Favorites button
126 FAQ - How Can I take a Print out from SAP127 FAQ - Irsquom not able to take a Print out from SAP128 FAQ - I need to take a Print out of a report available in SAP
Answer - Getting Hardcopy of SAP Data and Documents
SAP provides hardcopy output of the electronic data and documents stored in thesystem via the many SAP reports The printed reports are formatted and organizedfor use on paper
If you need a hardcopy of your SAP transactions or data you should use thesereports
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2228
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 21 of 28
bull Make sure you know approximately how many pages of output will be printedby paging through the report on the screen first You can also use the PrintPreview button available on the Print screen after you click on the Print
button
bull Make sure you know where you are printing The default printer in your userprofile is typically one close to your office Your user profile should have adefault printer If it doesnt you will be prompted to enter the printer name atthe time you print the report
bull When you click the Print button you will see a message in the Status Bar withthe print spool number Write down the print spool number You may need it ifthere is a print problem
bull Check the Output device field and make sure that the correct printer name andlocation are showing
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2328
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 22 of 28
bull Note down the Spool requested created at the status bar at the bottom of thescreen
bull Go to transaction SP02 to check the status of Print
129 FAQ - What is the report variant130 FAQ - How can I maintain a report variant131 FAQ - I have certain fixed parameters in Report is there any way by which I
can call transaction and execute same without entering any selectionparameter
132 FAQ - I do not need to see all columns of a report can I get the report whichis specific to my requirements
133 FAQ - I call up the report but do not want to take print out of all columnshow can I hide same and take a print
Answer -A report variant allows you to save the values that you entered into theselection fields on a report Once the variant is saved it can be used every time thereport is run To use a previously saved variant click on the Get Variant button andselect the desired variant The selection fields of the report are then pre-filled withthe values that were saved when the variant was created or last changed Each timeyou run the report using a variant you dont need to retype or select all the values inthe fields
You can create several variants for the same report each one containing differentvalues If you want to use identical selection criteria for multiple reports for
example the same range of cost objects you must create a separate variant for eachreport and then save it with the report where the values will be used
Creating a Report Variant
You can create a variant before a report In the following example a variant iscreated for the Project progress report though the procedure is the same for creatinga variant of any report
1 Enter the values that you want to save in the report fields
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2428
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 23 of 28
2 Click the Save as variant button
3 Type in the name of the variant
4 Type in a Description so that you and others can identify the variant
5 Click the Save button
bull Result The report screen returns with a message at the bottom that the varianthas been saved
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2528
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 24 of 28
Finding a Report Variant
1 Click the Get variant button on the report entry screen
Result A list of variants you searched for is displayed
2 Double-click on a variant to select it
3 Click the Execute button to run the report
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2628
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 25 of 28
134 FAQ - In system status bar message is coming ldquoYou are not authorizerdquo
Answer -When ever user is not authorized to carry out certain transaction system
pop up with the message ldquouser is not authorize to perform the taskrdquo
In case if you still want to take the authorization as a business need take a approvalof your supervisor and inform your system administrator with the approval
In certain cases you are authorized for the transaction but still system give you theerror message ldquoyou are not authorizedrdquo in that case immediately go to transactionSU53 take a screen shot and send same to your system administrator
2 Project System FAQ-
21 FAQ - Which transaction should I refer to create the project22 FAQ - Who all can create the Project23 FAQ - I am a JTO in Telecom office I execute the project at my location but
Irsquom not able to create a single Project
Answer -After log-in into system Go to transaction ldquoCJ01 ndash Create Project initialscreenrdquo to create the projectIn all the areas only EOrsquos and DErsquos are allowed to create the Project and its structure
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2728
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 26 of 28
24 FAQ - At which transaction should I attach survey report25 FAQ - I have attached the document but it is not opening
Answer -Any document related to Project can be attached via CV01n transaction
Note - Any document which need to be attached into SAP System against Project itshould be PDF MS office 2003 files (eg doc) or MS Office 2007 file (docx) only
26 FAQ - In my Old Files I have use used Note-sheet how can I create note-sheet into system
27 FAQ - I am not able to see my Note-sheet for all cutover projects28 FAQ - What should I enter in Sent mail to29 FAQ - I have entered the note sheet but it is visible properly to the person I
have sent
Answer - As in post ERP scenario note-sheet was widely used with every file sameway in ERP a note-sheet has been developed (transaction code ZPS_Notesheet)which will act in same way and can be used against each Project
To use an ERP note sheet just go to Transaction ZPS_notesheet then enter the WBSElement for which note sheet need to createdupdate Enter the HRMS number towhom it should be sent keeping in mind that the first digit from the HRMS numbershould be removed (in case HRMS number is not known same can be search viaclicking into match code button) Enter the comments in the Note sheet from the first
line ie without leaving any line in between as well as the first line and click on tosent button Note sheet will be available in SAP inbox of the person to whom it wassent to
Note - For all previous Project data (cutover project) note sheet has not beentaken into ERP and need to be referred manually by a respect person or the samecan be scanned and can be attached as document in ERP
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2828
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
210 FAQ - I am not able to do the Good Issue against project211 FAQ - At the time Goods issue against reservation I am getting an error
message ldquoDocument does not contain any itemsrdquo
Answer - Note that this issue might be there for projects related to ldquoCut OverrdquoOnly Next In order to overcome this issue please check the following settings andmake the necessary changes as shown below-
bull Go to T Code - CN22
bull Select the internal ActivitySelect the component Overview-Go to Component
overview details
bull Go to ldquoProcurement Parameterrdquo Tab
bull Check that the setting for ResPurchase Req is shown as ldquoNeverrdquo and as a result
the Indicator on ldquoMovement Allowedrdquo is not ticked
bull Change this setting manually to-
bull Save and then try the Goods Issue
bull The new settings will allow the Goods issue now
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1128
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 10 of 28
115 FAQ - What is the meaning of Required Default Input Grey-out andOptional fields referring to
Answer - SAP has three field types Required Default and Optional-
bull Required Entry fields are usually flagged with a tick mark You must enterdata in Required Entry fields in order to proceed with a system task
bull Default Entry fields already have a system entry However you may be able tooverwrite the system entry depending on the system task and or your SAPprofile
bull Grey-out Fields are those fields in which no data entry or data change isallowed These fields might have entry depending upon some other field data ormay be blank
bull Input EntryOptional Entry fields are those in which you may enter data but anentry is not required by the system in order to proceed with a system task SomeOptional Entry fields may become required depending on the values entered inother fields
116 FAQ - What is the meaning of status Bar
Answer - The Status Bar located at the bottom of the SAP screen displays systemmessages and other session information
The large field to the left displays system messages or errors such as Make an entryin all required fields Double-click on the message or click the red circle and adialogue box pops up that explains the message and what action to take
The second field defaults to display the system information such as system name(session number) and (client number) In the example above the system is PRD thesession number is (1) and the client number is (500)
If the Status Bar is closed on your PC click the arrow in the bottom right corner of
the screen to open it
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1228
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 11 of 28
To change the information displayed in this area click the Selection List button tothe right of the client number and select from the list that pops up
The third field to the right displays the host name for example PSE03ER1
The fourth field to the right indicates the input mode either overwrite or insertClick to switch between the two modes
117 FAQ - What Does SAP user Screen refers to how can I select same
Answer - There are one of two main screens you see when you first log on to SAP-
bull The SAP Menu screen which is the general screen delivered standard with SAP
bull The SAP User Menu screen is customized for BSNL transactions and shouldbe the default screen It displays at least three main menu folders labeled 1 Usermenu 2 Role (there may be more than one Roles folder) 3 Favorites
1 The User menu contains the Role folders and is personalized with your name2 The Role folder is the area menu such as Role DGM which contains transactionson the BSNL ERP System navigation menu You can have more than one Rolefolder depending on which area menus you are authorized to use
3 The Favorites folder can be used to store a list of your favorites ie frequentlyused transaction codes
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1328
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 12 of 28
118 FAQ - Where I can see my SAP Mailbox Notesheet task list tray
Answer - After login into system on the initial screen SAP mailbox Notesheet user task
tray can been seen by clicking onto SAP mailbox button available in system tray
119 FAQ - What are the Different kind of tool bar buttons available in SAP amp isthere any keyboard command for same
Answer - To display the button name and keyboard shortcut place the cursor overthe button Keyboard shortcuts may be different depending on the SAP function youare using
Standard Toolbar Buttons
Button
KeyboardShortcut Description Button
KeyboardShortcut Description
Enter key EnterContinue Ctrl G Continue Search
Ctrl S Save F1 Help
F3 Back Ctrl Page Up Scroll to top ofdocument
Shift F3 Exit System
Task Page Up
Scroll up onepage
F12 Cancel Page Down Scroll down one
page
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1428
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 13 of 28
Ctrl P Print Ctrl Page Down Scroll to last pageof document
Ctrl F Find (PC only) None
Create newsession
(PC only) Alt F12
Customize locallayout
Application Toolbar and Screen Buttons
Button
KeyboardShortcut Description Button
KeyboardShortcut Description
F8 Execute None UpdateRefresh
F5 Overview Shift F5 Get variant
Shift F2 Delete Shift F6 Selection screen help
Navigation Buttons
Button
Keyboard
Shortcut Description Button
Keyboard
Shortcut Description
Enter EnterContinueCopy F12 Cancel
F8 Scroll left Shift F1Shift F7
Scroll rightNext item
Ctrl Shift
F1 Move Favorites Up Ctrl Shift F2
Move FavoritesDown
Ctrl F7 Previous layout Ctrl F8 Next layout
Ctrl F10 User menu Ctrl F11 SAP menu
F6 Display Periodscreen
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1528
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 14 of 28
Matchcode Buttons
Button
Keyboard
Shortcut Description Button KeyboardShortcut Description
(Mac) F4 Display Matchcodelist (PC)
F4 Display Matchcode list
F6
Insert in personallist Click on anitem then on thebutton
Shift F6
Display personal valuelist After you create thepersonal list click on thebutton to end the list
Shift F6
Restores the
original Matchcodelist (PC only) Shift F4
Hold list displayed whileyou make a selection
Click on the button thendouble-click to select avalue
Working with Data
Button
KeyboardShortcut Description Button
KeyboardShortcut Description
Ctrl F1 Select all items onscreen Ctrl F2
Deselect all itemson screen
Ctrl F3
Startend of blockSelect the first itemclick the button Selectthe last item click thebutton
Ctrl F6 Display results
F7 Display all possiblevalues F8 Collapse all levels
Ctrl ShiftF5
Sort in ascending orderChange sort order todescending orascending (Fund Analysis rpt)
Ctrl ShiftF4
Sort in descendingorder
F2 Selection optionsChoose values gt lt etc Shift F4
Dynamic selectionsSelect additionalfields for searchcriteria
(Mac) F5
Display -gt ChangeSwitches from display tochange mode
Shift F5 Filter restrict valuesto search onMatchcode list
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1628
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 15 of 28
None
Multiple SelectionInclude or excludesingle values or rangesof values
None Replace item backinto workflow inWorkflow Inbox
Using Transactions (Reqs JVs etc)
Button
KeyboardShortcut Description Button
KeyboardShortcut Description
F6 Display headerdetails F2
Display line itemdetails
F2 Display additionalinfo for PO line item None
Services for object(Display JVs Reqs)
Shift F5Ctrl F12
General Statistics
(Reqs)PO History
Shift F5
Display delivery
schedule for a PO lineitem
Ctrl F11 Display deliveryaddress Shift F6
Display conditions for aPO line item
F7 Display the vendoraddress for a PO
Ctrl ShiftF6
Show release strategyfor PO
Formatting Text (Reqs JVs)
Button KeyboardShortcut Description Button KeyboardShortcut Description
Shift F2 Delete selection line (PC only)
Ctrl Shift F2 Copy text (JV lineitem)
(PC only) Ctrl Shift F1 Cut text (JV line item)
Ctrl F10
Shift F6 Item text (POs)Detailed text (JVs)
F9
Paste text into fieldafter you copy or cut itPosition the cursor andclick the button
(Mac only) Shift F4
Search andreplace words inthe JV text screen
F9 Select Click in a lineitem then on thebutton
F6 Create text (JVs)
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1728
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 16 of 28
120 FAQ - I am not aware what value do I need to fill into the field121 FAQ - How to search for the value for a single field122 FAQ - When I click on to Search field I am not do not see any value I got
another window123 FAQ - I am not aware what value do I need to fill into the field
Answer - For many entry fields but not all SAP provides a search function called aMatchcode Matchcodes allow you to select a value from a list or search for a valueby categories of data if there are many possibilitiesTo display the Matchcode button click in an entry field The Matchcode appears onthe right of the field
Types of Matchcodes -
Matchcodes fall into three basic categories
1) Short list or hit list
The values are listed on one screen For longer lists you may need to scroll down tosee all the values
2) Restrict Value Range
Many entries are available for the field A number of tabbed screens with differentcategories display so that you can enter your search criteria
3) Calendar search
A calendar-type dialog box is displayed so that you can select day month and yearThis is used in date fields such as invoice posting date
Hit List Matchcode -
This type of Matchcode is displayed for a list of values An example is theMatchcode for the Business Area field on the Create Project Initial Screenrdquo
bull Click on the Matchcode button in the Business Area field
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1828
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 17 of 28
bull Scroll down to see all values if necessarybull Double click on to a value such as 6101 to select it Same value shall get copied
into Business area field
Restrict Values
bull You can search the hit list for more than one value at a time for example allprofit center available in controlling are ldquo1000rdquo
bull Click the Enter buttonbull Result A list of the values you specified is displayed Double-click to select one
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1928
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 18 of 28
Calendar Search Matchcode-
Click on the Matchcode button The calendar dialog box displays the date on topand from left to right the monthyear week number and dates of the month
To change the month and year
bull Scroll up and down in the navigation bar on the right (see the month and yearchange in the left side of the box)
or
bull Click on either the month day or year displayed on the top Use the up anddown arrows on the right to change them See below
Double-click on the number of the day in the middle corresponding to the month
Result The entire date is copied into the entry field
124 FAQ - I am seeing so many values not relevant to my selection how do I seeonly relevant values
125 FAQ - How do I Insert Values in Personal List
Answer - You can restrict the values and customize your selection though addingthem into ldquoPersonal list optionrdquo
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2028
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 19 of 28
For example User wants to select the Company code during creation of Project forWestern telecom Project and he wants the company code to be inserted into hispersonal list He will follow the below steps
bull Select the value from the drop down list
bull Click on to insert the value in the personal list (Please select the values one
by one)
bull Click on Personal Value List icon to view the values listed in the Personal
list
Note Personal List will be used wherever you want to restrict the values to yourrelevant values only
bull You can move rename or delete favorites or Favorites folders Use the menu
path or Toolbar buttons described below to perform these tasks
Function Procedure
Create a Favorites folder Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Insert Folder
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2128
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 20 of 28
Move the Favorites folder to the bottom of the list of folders
Follow the menu path Extras gtgt SettingsSelect Display favorites at end of list
Move a favorite within a list offavorites
1 Select the favorite
2 Click the Down or Up buttons
Move a Favorites folder within
a list of Favorites folders
1 Select the Favorites folder
2 Click the Down or Up buttons
Rename a favorite See Renaming a Favorite
Rename a Favorites folder 1 Select the Favorites folder
2 Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Change or click
the Change Favorites button
3 Type in the new name and press the Enter button
Delete a favorite or Favoritesfolder
1 Select the favorite or Favorites folder2 Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Delete or click
the Delete Favorites button
126 FAQ - How Can I take a Print out from SAP127 FAQ - Irsquom not able to take a Print out from SAP128 FAQ - I need to take a Print out of a report available in SAP
Answer - Getting Hardcopy of SAP Data and Documents
SAP provides hardcopy output of the electronic data and documents stored in thesystem via the many SAP reports The printed reports are formatted and organizedfor use on paper
If you need a hardcopy of your SAP transactions or data you should use thesereports
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2228
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 21 of 28
bull Make sure you know approximately how many pages of output will be printedby paging through the report on the screen first You can also use the PrintPreview button available on the Print screen after you click on the Print
button
bull Make sure you know where you are printing The default printer in your userprofile is typically one close to your office Your user profile should have adefault printer If it doesnt you will be prompted to enter the printer name atthe time you print the report
bull When you click the Print button you will see a message in the Status Bar withthe print spool number Write down the print spool number You may need it ifthere is a print problem
bull Check the Output device field and make sure that the correct printer name andlocation are showing
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2328
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 22 of 28
bull Note down the Spool requested created at the status bar at the bottom of thescreen
bull Go to transaction SP02 to check the status of Print
129 FAQ - What is the report variant130 FAQ - How can I maintain a report variant131 FAQ - I have certain fixed parameters in Report is there any way by which I
can call transaction and execute same without entering any selectionparameter
132 FAQ - I do not need to see all columns of a report can I get the report whichis specific to my requirements
133 FAQ - I call up the report but do not want to take print out of all columnshow can I hide same and take a print
Answer -A report variant allows you to save the values that you entered into theselection fields on a report Once the variant is saved it can be used every time thereport is run To use a previously saved variant click on the Get Variant button andselect the desired variant The selection fields of the report are then pre-filled withthe values that were saved when the variant was created or last changed Each timeyou run the report using a variant you dont need to retype or select all the values inthe fields
You can create several variants for the same report each one containing differentvalues If you want to use identical selection criteria for multiple reports for
example the same range of cost objects you must create a separate variant for eachreport and then save it with the report where the values will be used
Creating a Report Variant
You can create a variant before a report In the following example a variant iscreated for the Project progress report though the procedure is the same for creatinga variant of any report
1 Enter the values that you want to save in the report fields
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2428
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 23 of 28
2 Click the Save as variant button
3 Type in the name of the variant
4 Type in a Description so that you and others can identify the variant
5 Click the Save button
bull Result The report screen returns with a message at the bottom that the varianthas been saved
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2528
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 24 of 28
Finding a Report Variant
1 Click the Get variant button on the report entry screen
Result A list of variants you searched for is displayed
2 Double-click on a variant to select it
3 Click the Execute button to run the report
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2628
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 25 of 28
134 FAQ - In system status bar message is coming ldquoYou are not authorizerdquo
Answer -When ever user is not authorized to carry out certain transaction system
pop up with the message ldquouser is not authorize to perform the taskrdquo
In case if you still want to take the authorization as a business need take a approvalof your supervisor and inform your system administrator with the approval
In certain cases you are authorized for the transaction but still system give you theerror message ldquoyou are not authorizedrdquo in that case immediately go to transactionSU53 take a screen shot and send same to your system administrator
2 Project System FAQ-
21 FAQ - Which transaction should I refer to create the project22 FAQ - Who all can create the Project23 FAQ - I am a JTO in Telecom office I execute the project at my location but
Irsquom not able to create a single Project
Answer -After log-in into system Go to transaction ldquoCJ01 ndash Create Project initialscreenrdquo to create the projectIn all the areas only EOrsquos and DErsquos are allowed to create the Project and its structure
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2728
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 26 of 28
24 FAQ - At which transaction should I attach survey report25 FAQ - I have attached the document but it is not opening
Answer -Any document related to Project can be attached via CV01n transaction
Note - Any document which need to be attached into SAP System against Project itshould be PDF MS office 2003 files (eg doc) or MS Office 2007 file (docx) only
26 FAQ - In my Old Files I have use used Note-sheet how can I create note-sheet into system
27 FAQ - I am not able to see my Note-sheet for all cutover projects28 FAQ - What should I enter in Sent mail to29 FAQ - I have entered the note sheet but it is visible properly to the person I
have sent
Answer - As in post ERP scenario note-sheet was widely used with every file sameway in ERP a note-sheet has been developed (transaction code ZPS_Notesheet)which will act in same way and can be used against each Project
To use an ERP note sheet just go to Transaction ZPS_notesheet then enter the WBSElement for which note sheet need to createdupdate Enter the HRMS number towhom it should be sent keeping in mind that the first digit from the HRMS numbershould be removed (in case HRMS number is not known same can be search viaclicking into match code button) Enter the comments in the Note sheet from the first
line ie without leaving any line in between as well as the first line and click on tosent button Note sheet will be available in SAP inbox of the person to whom it wassent to
Note - For all previous Project data (cutover project) note sheet has not beentaken into ERP and need to be referred manually by a respect person or the samecan be scanned and can be attached as document in ERP
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2828
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
210 FAQ - I am not able to do the Good Issue against project211 FAQ - At the time Goods issue against reservation I am getting an error
message ldquoDocument does not contain any itemsrdquo
Answer - Note that this issue might be there for projects related to ldquoCut OverrdquoOnly Next In order to overcome this issue please check the following settings andmake the necessary changes as shown below-
bull Go to T Code - CN22
bull Select the internal ActivitySelect the component Overview-Go to Component
overview details
bull Go to ldquoProcurement Parameterrdquo Tab
bull Check that the setting for ResPurchase Req is shown as ldquoNeverrdquo and as a result
the Indicator on ldquoMovement Allowedrdquo is not ticked
bull Change this setting manually to-
bull Save and then try the Goods Issue
bull The new settings will allow the Goods issue now
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1228
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 11 of 28
To change the information displayed in this area click the Selection List button tothe right of the client number and select from the list that pops up
The third field to the right displays the host name for example PSE03ER1
The fourth field to the right indicates the input mode either overwrite or insertClick to switch between the two modes
117 FAQ - What Does SAP user Screen refers to how can I select same
Answer - There are one of two main screens you see when you first log on to SAP-
bull The SAP Menu screen which is the general screen delivered standard with SAP
bull The SAP User Menu screen is customized for BSNL transactions and shouldbe the default screen It displays at least three main menu folders labeled 1 Usermenu 2 Role (there may be more than one Roles folder) 3 Favorites
1 The User menu contains the Role folders and is personalized with your name2 The Role folder is the area menu such as Role DGM which contains transactionson the BSNL ERP System navigation menu You can have more than one Rolefolder depending on which area menus you are authorized to use
3 The Favorites folder can be used to store a list of your favorites ie frequentlyused transaction codes
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1328
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 12 of 28
118 FAQ - Where I can see my SAP Mailbox Notesheet task list tray
Answer - After login into system on the initial screen SAP mailbox Notesheet user task
tray can been seen by clicking onto SAP mailbox button available in system tray
119 FAQ - What are the Different kind of tool bar buttons available in SAP amp isthere any keyboard command for same
Answer - To display the button name and keyboard shortcut place the cursor overthe button Keyboard shortcuts may be different depending on the SAP function youare using
Standard Toolbar Buttons
Button
KeyboardShortcut Description Button
KeyboardShortcut Description
Enter key EnterContinue Ctrl G Continue Search
Ctrl S Save F1 Help
F3 Back Ctrl Page Up Scroll to top ofdocument
Shift F3 Exit System
Task Page Up
Scroll up onepage
F12 Cancel Page Down Scroll down one
page
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1428
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 13 of 28
Ctrl P Print Ctrl Page Down Scroll to last pageof document
Ctrl F Find (PC only) None
Create newsession
(PC only) Alt F12
Customize locallayout
Application Toolbar and Screen Buttons
Button
KeyboardShortcut Description Button
KeyboardShortcut Description
F8 Execute None UpdateRefresh
F5 Overview Shift F5 Get variant
Shift F2 Delete Shift F6 Selection screen help
Navigation Buttons
Button
Keyboard
Shortcut Description Button
Keyboard
Shortcut Description
Enter EnterContinueCopy F12 Cancel
F8 Scroll left Shift F1Shift F7
Scroll rightNext item
Ctrl Shift
F1 Move Favorites Up Ctrl Shift F2
Move FavoritesDown
Ctrl F7 Previous layout Ctrl F8 Next layout
Ctrl F10 User menu Ctrl F11 SAP menu
F6 Display Periodscreen
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1528
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 14 of 28
Matchcode Buttons
Button
Keyboard
Shortcut Description Button KeyboardShortcut Description
(Mac) F4 Display Matchcodelist (PC)
F4 Display Matchcode list
F6
Insert in personallist Click on anitem then on thebutton
Shift F6
Display personal valuelist After you create thepersonal list click on thebutton to end the list
Shift F6
Restores the
original Matchcodelist (PC only) Shift F4
Hold list displayed whileyou make a selection
Click on the button thendouble-click to select avalue
Working with Data
Button
KeyboardShortcut Description Button
KeyboardShortcut Description
Ctrl F1 Select all items onscreen Ctrl F2
Deselect all itemson screen
Ctrl F3
Startend of blockSelect the first itemclick the button Selectthe last item click thebutton
Ctrl F6 Display results
F7 Display all possiblevalues F8 Collapse all levels
Ctrl ShiftF5
Sort in ascending orderChange sort order todescending orascending (Fund Analysis rpt)
Ctrl ShiftF4
Sort in descendingorder
F2 Selection optionsChoose values gt lt etc Shift F4
Dynamic selectionsSelect additionalfields for searchcriteria
(Mac) F5
Display -gt ChangeSwitches from display tochange mode
Shift F5 Filter restrict valuesto search onMatchcode list
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1628
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 15 of 28
None
Multiple SelectionInclude or excludesingle values or rangesof values
None Replace item backinto workflow inWorkflow Inbox
Using Transactions (Reqs JVs etc)
Button
KeyboardShortcut Description Button
KeyboardShortcut Description
F6 Display headerdetails F2
Display line itemdetails
F2 Display additionalinfo for PO line item None
Services for object(Display JVs Reqs)
Shift F5Ctrl F12
General Statistics
(Reqs)PO History
Shift F5
Display delivery
schedule for a PO lineitem
Ctrl F11 Display deliveryaddress Shift F6
Display conditions for aPO line item
F7 Display the vendoraddress for a PO
Ctrl ShiftF6
Show release strategyfor PO
Formatting Text (Reqs JVs)
Button KeyboardShortcut Description Button KeyboardShortcut Description
Shift F2 Delete selection line (PC only)
Ctrl Shift F2 Copy text (JV lineitem)
(PC only) Ctrl Shift F1 Cut text (JV line item)
Ctrl F10
Shift F6 Item text (POs)Detailed text (JVs)
F9
Paste text into fieldafter you copy or cut itPosition the cursor andclick the button
(Mac only) Shift F4
Search andreplace words inthe JV text screen
F9 Select Click in a lineitem then on thebutton
F6 Create text (JVs)
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1728
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 16 of 28
120 FAQ - I am not aware what value do I need to fill into the field121 FAQ - How to search for the value for a single field122 FAQ - When I click on to Search field I am not do not see any value I got
another window123 FAQ - I am not aware what value do I need to fill into the field
Answer - For many entry fields but not all SAP provides a search function called aMatchcode Matchcodes allow you to select a value from a list or search for a valueby categories of data if there are many possibilitiesTo display the Matchcode button click in an entry field The Matchcode appears onthe right of the field
Types of Matchcodes -
Matchcodes fall into three basic categories
1) Short list or hit list
The values are listed on one screen For longer lists you may need to scroll down tosee all the values
2) Restrict Value Range
Many entries are available for the field A number of tabbed screens with differentcategories display so that you can enter your search criteria
3) Calendar search
A calendar-type dialog box is displayed so that you can select day month and yearThis is used in date fields such as invoice posting date
Hit List Matchcode -
This type of Matchcode is displayed for a list of values An example is theMatchcode for the Business Area field on the Create Project Initial Screenrdquo
bull Click on the Matchcode button in the Business Area field
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1828
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 17 of 28
bull Scroll down to see all values if necessarybull Double click on to a value such as 6101 to select it Same value shall get copied
into Business area field
Restrict Values
bull You can search the hit list for more than one value at a time for example allprofit center available in controlling are ldquo1000rdquo
bull Click the Enter buttonbull Result A list of the values you specified is displayed Double-click to select one
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1928
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 18 of 28
Calendar Search Matchcode-
Click on the Matchcode button The calendar dialog box displays the date on topand from left to right the monthyear week number and dates of the month
To change the month and year
bull Scroll up and down in the navigation bar on the right (see the month and yearchange in the left side of the box)
or
bull Click on either the month day or year displayed on the top Use the up anddown arrows on the right to change them See below
Double-click on the number of the day in the middle corresponding to the month
Result The entire date is copied into the entry field
124 FAQ - I am seeing so many values not relevant to my selection how do I seeonly relevant values
125 FAQ - How do I Insert Values in Personal List
Answer - You can restrict the values and customize your selection though addingthem into ldquoPersonal list optionrdquo
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2028
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 19 of 28
For example User wants to select the Company code during creation of Project forWestern telecom Project and he wants the company code to be inserted into hispersonal list He will follow the below steps
bull Select the value from the drop down list
bull Click on to insert the value in the personal list (Please select the values one
by one)
bull Click on Personal Value List icon to view the values listed in the Personal
list
Note Personal List will be used wherever you want to restrict the values to yourrelevant values only
bull You can move rename or delete favorites or Favorites folders Use the menu
path or Toolbar buttons described below to perform these tasks
Function Procedure
Create a Favorites folder Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Insert Folder
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2128
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 20 of 28
Move the Favorites folder to the bottom of the list of folders
Follow the menu path Extras gtgt SettingsSelect Display favorites at end of list
Move a favorite within a list offavorites
1 Select the favorite
2 Click the Down or Up buttons
Move a Favorites folder within
a list of Favorites folders
1 Select the Favorites folder
2 Click the Down or Up buttons
Rename a favorite See Renaming a Favorite
Rename a Favorites folder 1 Select the Favorites folder
2 Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Change or click
the Change Favorites button
3 Type in the new name and press the Enter button
Delete a favorite or Favoritesfolder
1 Select the favorite or Favorites folder2 Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Delete or click
the Delete Favorites button
126 FAQ - How Can I take a Print out from SAP127 FAQ - Irsquom not able to take a Print out from SAP128 FAQ - I need to take a Print out of a report available in SAP
Answer - Getting Hardcopy of SAP Data and Documents
SAP provides hardcopy output of the electronic data and documents stored in thesystem via the many SAP reports The printed reports are formatted and organizedfor use on paper
If you need a hardcopy of your SAP transactions or data you should use thesereports
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2228
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 21 of 28
bull Make sure you know approximately how many pages of output will be printedby paging through the report on the screen first You can also use the PrintPreview button available on the Print screen after you click on the Print
button
bull Make sure you know where you are printing The default printer in your userprofile is typically one close to your office Your user profile should have adefault printer If it doesnt you will be prompted to enter the printer name atthe time you print the report
bull When you click the Print button you will see a message in the Status Bar withthe print spool number Write down the print spool number You may need it ifthere is a print problem
bull Check the Output device field and make sure that the correct printer name andlocation are showing
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2328
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 22 of 28
bull Note down the Spool requested created at the status bar at the bottom of thescreen
bull Go to transaction SP02 to check the status of Print
129 FAQ - What is the report variant130 FAQ - How can I maintain a report variant131 FAQ - I have certain fixed parameters in Report is there any way by which I
can call transaction and execute same without entering any selectionparameter
132 FAQ - I do not need to see all columns of a report can I get the report whichis specific to my requirements
133 FAQ - I call up the report but do not want to take print out of all columnshow can I hide same and take a print
Answer -A report variant allows you to save the values that you entered into theselection fields on a report Once the variant is saved it can be used every time thereport is run To use a previously saved variant click on the Get Variant button andselect the desired variant The selection fields of the report are then pre-filled withthe values that were saved when the variant was created or last changed Each timeyou run the report using a variant you dont need to retype or select all the values inthe fields
You can create several variants for the same report each one containing differentvalues If you want to use identical selection criteria for multiple reports for
example the same range of cost objects you must create a separate variant for eachreport and then save it with the report where the values will be used
Creating a Report Variant
You can create a variant before a report In the following example a variant iscreated for the Project progress report though the procedure is the same for creatinga variant of any report
1 Enter the values that you want to save in the report fields
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2428
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 23 of 28
2 Click the Save as variant button
3 Type in the name of the variant
4 Type in a Description so that you and others can identify the variant
5 Click the Save button
bull Result The report screen returns with a message at the bottom that the varianthas been saved
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2528
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 24 of 28
Finding a Report Variant
1 Click the Get variant button on the report entry screen
Result A list of variants you searched for is displayed
2 Double-click on a variant to select it
3 Click the Execute button to run the report
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2628
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 25 of 28
134 FAQ - In system status bar message is coming ldquoYou are not authorizerdquo
Answer -When ever user is not authorized to carry out certain transaction system
pop up with the message ldquouser is not authorize to perform the taskrdquo
In case if you still want to take the authorization as a business need take a approvalof your supervisor and inform your system administrator with the approval
In certain cases you are authorized for the transaction but still system give you theerror message ldquoyou are not authorizedrdquo in that case immediately go to transactionSU53 take a screen shot and send same to your system administrator
2 Project System FAQ-
21 FAQ - Which transaction should I refer to create the project22 FAQ - Who all can create the Project23 FAQ - I am a JTO in Telecom office I execute the project at my location but
Irsquom not able to create a single Project
Answer -After log-in into system Go to transaction ldquoCJ01 ndash Create Project initialscreenrdquo to create the projectIn all the areas only EOrsquos and DErsquos are allowed to create the Project and its structure
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2728
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 26 of 28
24 FAQ - At which transaction should I attach survey report25 FAQ - I have attached the document but it is not opening
Answer -Any document related to Project can be attached via CV01n transaction
Note - Any document which need to be attached into SAP System against Project itshould be PDF MS office 2003 files (eg doc) or MS Office 2007 file (docx) only
26 FAQ - In my Old Files I have use used Note-sheet how can I create note-sheet into system
27 FAQ - I am not able to see my Note-sheet for all cutover projects28 FAQ - What should I enter in Sent mail to29 FAQ - I have entered the note sheet but it is visible properly to the person I
have sent
Answer - As in post ERP scenario note-sheet was widely used with every file sameway in ERP a note-sheet has been developed (transaction code ZPS_Notesheet)which will act in same way and can be used against each Project
To use an ERP note sheet just go to Transaction ZPS_notesheet then enter the WBSElement for which note sheet need to createdupdate Enter the HRMS number towhom it should be sent keeping in mind that the first digit from the HRMS numbershould be removed (in case HRMS number is not known same can be search viaclicking into match code button) Enter the comments in the Note sheet from the first
line ie without leaving any line in between as well as the first line and click on tosent button Note sheet will be available in SAP inbox of the person to whom it wassent to
Note - For all previous Project data (cutover project) note sheet has not beentaken into ERP and need to be referred manually by a respect person or the samecan be scanned and can be attached as document in ERP
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2828
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
210 FAQ - I am not able to do the Good Issue against project211 FAQ - At the time Goods issue against reservation I am getting an error
message ldquoDocument does not contain any itemsrdquo
Answer - Note that this issue might be there for projects related to ldquoCut OverrdquoOnly Next In order to overcome this issue please check the following settings andmake the necessary changes as shown below-
bull Go to T Code - CN22
bull Select the internal ActivitySelect the component Overview-Go to Component
overview details
bull Go to ldquoProcurement Parameterrdquo Tab
bull Check that the setting for ResPurchase Req is shown as ldquoNeverrdquo and as a result
the Indicator on ldquoMovement Allowedrdquo is not ticked
bull Change this setting manually to-
bull Save and then try the Goods Issue
bull The new settings will allow the Goods issue now
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1328
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 12 of 28
118 FAQ - Where I can see my SAP Mailbox Notesheet task list tray
Answer - After login into system on the initial screen SAP mailbox Notesheet user task
tray can been seen by clicking onto SAP mailbox button available in system tray
119 FAQ - What are the Different kind of tool bar buttons available in SAP amp isthere any keyboard command for same
Answer - To display the button name and keyboard shortcut place the cursor overthe button Keyboard shortcuts may be different depending on the SAP function youare using
Standard Toolbar Buttons
Button
KeyboardShortcut Description Button
KeyboardShortcut Description
Enter key EnterContinue Ctrl G Continue Search
Ctrl S Save F1 Help
F3 Back Ctrl Page Up Scroll to top ofdocument
Shift F3 Exit System
Task Page Up
Scroll up onepage
F12 Cancel Page Down Scroll down one
page
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1428
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 13 of 28
Ctrl P Print Ctrl Page Down Scroll to last pageof document
Ctrl F Find (PC only) None
Create newsession
(PC only) Alt F12
Customize locallayout
Application Toolbar and Screen Buttons
Button
KeyboardShortcut Description Button
KeyboardShortcut Description
F8 Execute None UpdateRefresh
F5 Overview Shift F5 Get variant
Shift F2 Delete Shift F6 Selection screen help
Navigation Buttons
Button
Keyboard
Shortcut Description Button
Keyboard
Shortcut Description
Enter EnterContinueCopy F12 Cancel
F8 Scroll left Shift F1Shift F7
Scroll rightNext item
Ctrl Shift
F1 Move Favorites Up Ctrl Shift F2
Move FavoritesDown
Ctrl F7 Previous layout Ctrl F8 Next layout
Ctrl F10 User menu Ctrl F11 SAP menu
F6 Display Periodscreen
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1528
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 14 of 28
Matchcode Buttons
Button
Keyboard
Shortcut Description Button KeyboardShortcut Description
(Mac) F4 Display Matchcodelist (PC)
F4 Display Matchcode list
F6
Insert in personallist Click on anitem then on thebutton
Shift F6
Display personal valuelist After you create thepersonal list click on thebutton to end the list
Shift F6
Restores the
original Matchcodelist (PC only) Shift F4
Hold list displayed whileyou make a selection
Click on the button thendouble-click to select avalue
Working with Data
Button
KeyboardShortcut Description Button
KeyboardShortcut Description
Ctrl F1 Select all items onscreen Ctrl F2
Deselect all itemson screen
Ctrl F3
Startend of blockSelect the first itemclick the button Selectthe last item click thebutton
Ctrl F6 Display results
F7 Display all possiblevalues F8 Collapse all levels
Ctrl ShiftF5
Sort in ascending orderChange sort order todescending orascending (Fund Analysis rpt)
Ctrl ShiftF4
Sort in descendingorder
F2 Selection optionsChoose values gt lt etc Shift F4
Dynamic selectionsSelect additionalfields for searchcriteria
(Mac) F5
Display -gt ChangeSwitches from display tochange mode
Shift F5 Filter restrict valuesto search onMatchcode list
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1628
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 15 of 28
None
Multiple SelectionInclude or excludesingle values or rangesof values
None Replace item backinto workflow inWorkflow Inbox
Using Transactions (Reqs JVs etc)
Button
KeyboardShortcut Description Button
KeyboardShortcut Description
F6 Display headerdetails F2
Display line itemdetails
F2 Display additionalinfo for PO line item None
Services for object(Display JVs Reqs)
Shift F5Ctrl F12
General Statistics
(Reqs)PO History
Shift F5
Display delivery
schedule for a PO lineitem
Ctrl F11 Display deliveryaddress Shift F6
Display conditions for aPO line item
F7 Display the vendoraddress for a PO
Ctrl ShiftF6
Show release strategyfor PO
Formatting Text (Reqs JVs)
Button KeyboardShortcut Description Button KeyboardShortcut Description
Shift F2 Delete selection line (PC only)
Ctrl Shift F2 Copy text (JV lineitem)
(PC only) Ctrl Shift F1 Cut text (JV line item)
Ctrl F10
Shift F6 Item text (POs)Detailed text (JVs)
F9
Paste text into fieldafter you copy or cut itPosition the cursor andclick the button
(Mac only) Shift F4
Search andreplace words inthe JV text screen
F9 Select Click in a lineitem then on thebutton
F6 Create text (JVs)
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1728
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 16 of 28
120 FAQ - I am not aware what value do I need to fill into the field121 FAQ - How to search for the value for a single field122 FAQ - When I click on to Search field I am not do not see any value I got
another window123 FAQ - I am not aware what value do I need to fill into the field
Answer - For many entry fields but not all SAP provides a search function called aMatchcode Matchcodes allow you to select a value from a list or search for a valueby categories of data if there are many possibilitiesTo display the Matchcode button click in an entry field The Matchcode appears onthe right of the field
Types of Matchcodes -
Matchcodes fall into three basic categories
1) Short list or hit list
The values are listed on one screen For longer lists you may need to scroll down tosee all the values
2) Restrict Value Range
Many entries are available for the field A number of tabbed screens with differentcategories display so that you can enter your search criteria
3) Calendar search
A calendar-type dialog box is displayed so that you can select day month and yearThis is used in date fields such as invoice posting date
Hit List Matchcode -
This type of Matchcode is displayed for a list of values An example is theMatchcode for the Business Area field on the Create Project Initial Screenrdquo
bull Click on the Matchcode button in the Business Area field
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1828
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 17 of 28
bull Scroll down to see all values if necessarybull Double click on to a value such as 6101 to select it Same value shall get copied
into Business area field
Restrict Values
bull You can search the hit list for more than one value at a time for example allprofit center available in controlling are ldquo1000rdquo
bull Click the Enter buttonbull Result A list of the values you specified is displayed Double-click to select one
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1928
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 18 of 28
Calendar Search Matchcode-
Click on the Matchcode button The calendar dialog box displays the date on topand from left to right the monthyear week number and dates of the month
To change the month and year
bull Scroll up and down in the navigation bar on the right (see the month and yearchange in the left side of the box)
or
bull Click on either the month day or year displayed on the top Use the up anddown arrows on the right to change them See below
Double-click on the number of the day in the middle corresponding to the month
Result The entire date is copied into the entry field
124 FAQ - I am seeing so many values not relevant to my selection how do I seeonly relevant values
125 FAQ - How do I Insert Values in Personal List
Answer - You can restrict the values and customize your selection though addingthem into ldquoPersonal list optionrdquo
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2028
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 19 of 28
For example User wants to select the Company code during creation of Project forWestern telecom Project and he wants the company code to be inserted into hispersonal list He will follow the below steps
bull Select the value from the drop down list
bull Click on to insert the value in the personal list (Please select the values one
by one)
bull Click on Personal Value List icon to view the values listed in the Personal
list
Note Personal List will be used wherever you want to restrict the values to yourrelevant values only
bull You can move rename or delete favorites or Favorites folders Use the menu
path or Toolbar buttons described below to perform these tasks
Function Procedure
Create a Favorites folder Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Insert Folder
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2128
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 20 of 28
Move the Favorites folder to the bottom of the list of folders
Follow the menu path Extras gtgt SettingsSelect Display favorites at end of list
Move a favorite within a list offavorites
1 Select the favorite
2 Click the Down or Up buttons
Move a Favorites folder within
a list of Favorites folders
1 Select the Favorites folder
2 Click the Down or Up buttons
Rename a favorite See Renaming a Favorite
Rename a Favorites folder 1 Select the Favorites folder
2 Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Change or click
the Change Favorites button
3 Type in the new name and press the Enter button
Delete a favorite or Favoritesfolder
1 Select the favorite or Favorites folder2 Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Delete or click
the Delete Favorites button
126 FAQ - How Can I take a Print out from SAP127 FAQ - Irsquom not able to take a Print out from SAP128 FAQ - I need to take a Print out of a report available in SAP
Answer - Getting Hardcopy of SAP Data and Documents
SAP provides hardcopy output of the electronic data and documents stored in thesystem via the many SAP reports The printed reports are formatted and organizedfor use on paper
If you need a hardcopy of your SAP transactions or data you should use thesereports
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2228
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 21 of 28
bull Make sure you know approximately how many pages of output will be printedby paging through the report on the screen first You can also use the PrintPreview button available on the Print screen after you click on the Print
button
bull Make sure you know where you are printing The default printer in your userprofile is typically one close to your office Your user profile should have adefault printer If it doesnt you will be prompted to enter the printer name atthe time you print the report
bull When you click the Print button you will see a message in the Status Bar withthe print spool number Write down the print spool number You may need it ifthere is a print problem
bull Check the Output device field and make sure that the correct printer name andlocation are showing
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2328
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 22 of 28
bull Note down the Spool requested created at the status bar at the bottom of thescreen
bull Go to transaction SP02 to check the status of Print
129 FAQ - What is the report variant130 FAQ - How can I maintain a report variant131 FAQ - I have certain fixed parameters in Report is there any way by which I
can call transaction and execute same without entering any selectionparameter
132 FAQ - I do not need to see all columns of a report can I get the report whichis specific to my requirements
133 FAQ - I call up the report but do not want to take print out of all columnshow can I hide same and take a print
Answer -A report variant allows you to save the values that you entered into theselection fields on a report Once the variant is saved it can be used every time thereport is run To use a previously saved variant click on the Get Variant button andselect the desired variant The selection fields of the report are then pre-filled withthe values that were saved when the variant was created or last changed Each timeyou run the report using a variant you dont need to retype or select all the values inthe fields
You can create several variants for the same report each one containing differentvalues If you want to use identical selection criteria for multiple reports for
example the same range of cost objects you must create a separate variant for eachreport and then save it with the report where the values will be used
Creating a Report Variant
You can create a variant before a report In the following example a variant iscreated for the Project progress report though the procedure is the same for creatinga variant of any report
1 Enter the values that you want to save in the report fields
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2428
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 23 of 28
2 Click the Save as variant button
3 Type in the name of the variant
4 Type in a Description so that you and others can identify the variant
5 Click the Save button
bull Result The report screen returns with a message at the bottom that the varianthas been saved
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2528
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 24 of 28
Finding a Report Variant
1 Click the Get variant button on the report entry screen
Result A list of variants you searched for is displayed
2 Double-click on a variant to select it
3 Click the Execute button to run the report
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2628
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 25 of 28
134 FAQ - In system status bar message is coming ldquoYou are not authorizerdquo
Answer -When ever user is not authorized to carry out certain transaction system
pop up with the message ldquouser is not authorize to perform the taskrdquo
In case if you still want to take the authorization as a business need take a approvalof your supervisor and inform your system administrator with the approval
In certain cases you are authorized for the transaction but still system give you theerror message ldquoyou are not authorizedrdquo in that case immediately go to transactionSU53 take a screen shot and send same to your system administrator
2 Project System FAQ-
21 FAQ - Which transaction should I refer to create the project22 FAQ - Who all can create the Project23 FAQ - I am a JTO in Telecom office I execute the project at my location but
Irsquom not able to create a single Project
Answer -After log-in into system Go to transaction ldquoCJ01 ndash Create Project initialscreenrdquo to create the projectIn all the areas only EOrsquos and DErsquos are allowed to create the Project and its structure
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2728
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 26 of 28
24 FAQ - At which transaction should I attach survey report25 FAQ - I have attached the document but it is not opening
Answer -Any document related to Project can be attached via CV01n transaction
Note - Any document which need to be attached into SAP System against Project itshould be PDF MS office 2003 files (eg doc) or MS Office 2007 file (docx) only
26 FAQ - In my Old Files I have use used Note-sheet how can I create note-sheet into system
27 FAQ - I am not able to see my Note-sheet for all cutover projects28 FAQ - What should I enter in Sent mail to29 FAQ - I have entered the note sheet but it is visible properly to the person I
have sent
Answer - As in post ERP scenario note-sheet was widely used with every file sameway in ERP a note-sheet has been developed (transaction code ZPS_Notesheet)which will act in same way and can be used against each Project
To use an ERP note sheet just go to Transaction ZPS_notesheet then enter the WBSElement for which note sheet need to createdupdate Enter the HRMS number towhom it should be sent keeping in mind that the first digit from the HRMS numbershould be removed (in case HRMS number is not known same can be search viaclicking into match code button) Enter the comments in the Note sheet from the first
line ie without leaving any line in between as well as the first line and click on tosent button Note sheet will be available in SAP inbox of the person to whom it wassent to
Note - For all previous Project data (cutover project) note sheet has not beentaken into ERP and need to be referred manually by a respect person or the samecan be scanned and can be attached as document in ERP
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2828
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
210 FAQ - I am not able to do the Good Issue against project211 FAQ - At the time Goods issue against reservation I am getting an error
message ldquoDocument does not contain any itemsrdquo
Answer - Note that this issue might be there for projects related to ldquoCut OverrdquoOnly Next In order to overcome this issue please check the following settings andmake the necessary changes as shown below-
bull Go to T Code - CN22
bull Select the internal ActivitySelect the component Overview-Go to Component
overview details
bull Go to ldquoProcurement Parameterrdquo Tab
bull Check that the setting for ResPurchase Req is shown as ldquoNeverrdquo and as a result
the Indicator on ldquoMovement Allowedrdquo is not ticked
bull Change this setting manually to-
bull Save and then try the Goods Issue
bull The new settings will allow the Goods issue now
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1428
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 13 of 28
Ctrl P Print Ctrl Page Down Scroll to last pageof document
Ctrl F Find (PC only) None
Create newsession
(PC only) Alt F12
Customize locallayout
Application Toolbar and Screen Buttons
Button
KeyboardShortcut Description Button
KeyboardShortcut Description
F8 Execute None UpdateRefresh
F5 Overview Shift F5 Get variant
Shift F2 Delete Shift F6 Selection screen help
Navigation Buttons
Button
Keyboard
Shortcut Description Button
Keyboard
Shortcut Description
Enter EnterContinueCopy F12 Cancel
F8 Scroll left Shift F1Shift F7
Scroll rightNext item
Ctrl Shift
F1 Move Favorites Up Ctrl Shift F2
Move FavoritesDown
Ctrl F7 Previous layout Ctrl F8 Next layout
Ctrl F10 User menu Ctrl F11 SAP menu
F6 Display Periodscreen
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1528
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 14 of 28
Matchcode Buttons
Button
Keyboard
Shortcut Description Button KeyboardShortcut Description
(Mac) F4 Display Matchcodelist (PC)
F4 Display Matchcode list
F6
Insert in personallist Click on anitem then on thebutton
Shift F6
Display personal valuelist After you create thepersonal list click on thebutton to end the list
Shift F6
Restores the
original Matchcodelist (PC only) Shift F4
Hold list displayed whileyou make a selection
Click on the button thendouble-click to select avalue
Working with Data
Button
KeyboardShortcut Description Button
KeyboardShortcut Description
Ctrl F1 Select all items onscreen Ctrl F2
Deselect all itemson screen
Ctrl F3
Startend of blockSelect the first itemclick the button Selectthe last item click thebutton
Ctrl F6 Display results
F7 Display all possiblevalues F8 Collapse all levels
Ctrl ShiftF5
Sort in ascending orderChange sort order todescending orascending (Fund Analysis rpt)
Ctrl ShiftF4
Sort in descendingorder
F2 Selection optionsChoose values gt lt etc Shift F4
Dynamic selectionsSelect additionalfields for searchcriteria
(Mac) F5
Display -gt ChangeSwitches from display tochange mode
Shift F5 Filter restrict valuesto search onMatchcode list
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1628
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 15 of 28
None
Multiple SelectionInclude or excludesingle values or rangesof values
None Replace item backinto workflow inWorkflow Inbox
Using Transactions (Reqs JVs etc)
Button
KeyboardShortcut Description Button
KeyboardShortcut Description
F6 Display headerdetails F2
Display line itemdetails
F2 Display additionalinfo for PO line item None
Services for object(Display JVs Reqs)
Shift F5Ctrl F12
General Statistics
(Reqs)PO History
Shift F5
Display delivery
schedule for a PO lineitem
Ctrl F11 Display deliveryaddress Shift F6
Display conditions for aPO line item
F7 Display the vendoraddress for a PO
Ctrl ShiftF6
Show release strategyfor PO
Formatting Text (Reqs JVs)
Button KeyboardShortcut Description Button KeyboardShortcut Description
Shift F2 Delete selection line (PC only)
Ctrl Shift F2 Copy text (JV lineitem)
(PC only) Ctrl Shift F1 Cut text (JV line item)
Ctrl F10
Shift F6 Item text (POs)Detailed text (JVs)
F9
Paste text into fieldafter you copy or cut itPosition the cursor andclick the button
(Mac only) Shift F4
Search andreplace words inthe JV text screen
F9 Select Click in a lineitem then on thebutton
F6 Create text (JVs)
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1728
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 16 of 28
120 FAQ - I am not aware what value do I need to fill into the field121 FAQ - How to search for the value for a single field122 FAQ - When I click on to Search field I am not do not see any value I got
another window123 FAQ - I am not aware what value do I need to fill into the field
Answer - For many entry fields but not all SAP provides a search function called aMatchcode Matchcodes allow you to select a value from a list or search for a valueby categories of data if there are many possibilitiesTo display the Matchcode button click in an entry field The Matchcode appears onthe right of the field
Types of Matchcodes -
Matchcodes fall into three basic categories
1) Short list or hit list
The values are listed on one screen For longer lists you may need to scroll down tosee all the values
2) Restrict Value Range
Many entries are available for the field A number of tabbed screens with differentcategories display so that you can enter your search criteria
3) Calendar search
A calendar-type dialog box is displayed so that you can select day month and yearThis is used in date fields such as invoice posting date
Hit List Matchcode -
This type of Matchcode is displayed for a list of values An example is theMatchcode for the Business Area field on the Create Project Initial Screenrdquo
bull Click on the Matchcode button in the Business Area field
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1828
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 17 of 28
bull Scroll down to see all values if necessarybull Double click on to a value such as 6101 to select it Same value shall get copied
into Business area field
Restrict Values
bull You can search the hit list for more than one value at a time for example allprofit center available in controlling are ldquo1000rdquo
bull Click the Enter buttonbull Result A list of the values you specified is displayed Double-click to select one
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1928
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 18 of 28
Calendar Search Matchcode-
Click on the Matchcode button The calendar dialog box displays the date on topand from left to right the monthyear week number and dates of the month
To change the month and year
bull Scroll up and down in the navigation bar on the right (see the month and yearchange in the left side of the box)
or
bull Click on either the month day or year displayed on the top Use the up anddown arrows on the right to change them See below
Double-click on the number of the day in the middle corresponding to the month
Result The entire date is copied into the entry field
124 FAQ - I am seeing so many values not relevant to my selection how do I seeonly relevant values
125 FAQ - How do I Insert Values in Personal List
Answer - You can restrict the values and customize your selection though addingthem into ldquoPersonal list optionrdquo
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2028
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 19 of 28
For example User wants to select the Company code during creation of Project forWestern telecom Project and he wants the company code to be inserted into hispersonal list He will follow the below steps
bull Select the value from the drop down list
bull Click on to insert the value in the personal list (Please select the values one
by one)
bull Click on Personal Value List icon to view the values listed in the Personal
list
Note Personal List will be used wherever you want to restrict the values to yourrelevant values only
bull You can move rename or delete favorites or Favorites folders Use the menu
path or Toolbar buttons described below to perform these tasks
Function Procedure
Create a Favorites folder Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Insert Folder
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2128
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 20 of 28
Move the Favorites folder to the bottom of the list of folders
Follow the menu path Extras gtgt SettingsSelect Display favorites at end of list
Move a favorite within a list offavorites
1 Select the favorite
2 Click the Down or Up buttons
Move a Favorites folder within
a list of Favorites folders
1 Select the Favorites folder
2 Click the Down or Up buttons
Rename a favorite See Renaming a Favorite
Rename a Favorites folder 1 Select the Favorites folder
2 Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Change or click
the Change Favorites button
3 Type in the new name and press the Enter button
Delete a favorite or Favoritesfolder
1 Select the favorite or Favorites folder2 Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Delete or click
the Delete Favorites button
126 FAQ - How Can I take a Print out from SAP127 FAQ - Irsquom not able to take a Print out from SAP128 FAQ - I need to take a Print out of a report available in SAP
Answer - Getting Hardcopy of SAP Data and Documents
SAP provides hardcopy output of the electronic data and documents stored in thesystem via the many SAP reports The printed reports are formatted and organizedfor use on paper
If you need a hardcopy of your SAP transactions or data you should use thesereports
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2228
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 21 of 28
bull Make sure you know approximately how many pages of output will be printedby paging through the report on the screen first You can also use the PrintPreview button available on the Print screen after you click on the Print
button
bull Make sure you know where you are printing The default printer in your userprofile is typically one close to your office Your user profile should have adefault printer If it doesnt you will be prompted to enter the printer name atthe time you print the report
bull When you click the Print button you will see a message in the Status Bar withthe print spool number Write down the print spool number You may need it ifthere is a print problem
bull Check the Output device field and make sure that the correct printer name andlocation are showing
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2328
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 22 of 28
bull Note down the Spool requested created at the status bar at the bottom of thescreen
bull Go to transaction SP02 to check the status of Print
129 FAQ - What is the report variant130 FAQ - How can I maintain a report variant131 FAQ - I have certain fixed parameters in Report is there any way by which I
can call transaction and execute same without entering any selectionparameter
132 FAQ - I do not need to see all columns of a report can I get the report whichis specific to my requirements
133 FAQ - I call up the report but do not want to take print out of all columnshow can I hide same and take a print
Answer -A report variant allows you to save the values that you entered into theselection fields on a report Once the variant is saved it can be used every time thereport is run To use a previously saved variant click on the Get Variant button andselect the desired variant The selection fields of the report are then pre-filled withthe values that were saved when the variant was created or last changed Each timeyou run the report using a variant you dont need to retype or select all the values inthe fields
You can create several variants for the same report each one containing differentvalues If you want to use identical selection criteria for multiple reports for
example the same range of cost objects you must create a separate variant for eachreport and then save it with the report where the values will be used
Creating a Report Variant
You can create a variant before a report In the following example a variant iscreated for the Project progress report though the procedure is the same for creatinga variant of any report
1 Enter the values that you want to save in the report fields
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2428
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 23 of 28
2 Click the Save as variant button
3 Type in the name of the variant
4 Type in a Description so that you and others can identify the variant
5 Click the Save button
bull Result The report screen returns with a message at the bottom that the varianthas been saved
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2528
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 24 of 28
Finding a Report Variant
1 Click the Get variant button on the report entry screen
Result A list of variants you searched for is displayed
2 Double-click on a variant to select it
3 Click the Execute button to run the report
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2628
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 25 of 28
134 FAQ - In system status bar message is coming ldquoYou are not authorizerdquo
Answer -When ever user is not authorized to carry out certain transaction system
pop up with the message ldquouser is not authorize to perform the taskrdquo
In case if you still want to take the authorization as a business need take a approvalof your supervisor and inform your system administrator with the approval
In certain cases you are authorized for the transaction but still system give you theerror message ldquoyou are not authorizedrdquo in that case immediately go to transactionSU53 take a screen shot and send same to your system administrator
2 Project System FAQ-
21 FAQ - Which transaction should I refer to create the project22 FAQ - Who all can create the Project23 FAQ - I am a JTO in Telecom office I execute the project at my location but
Irsquom not able to create a single Project
Answer -After log-in into system Go to transaction ldquoCJ01 ndash Create Project initialscreenrdquo to create the projectIn all the areas only EOrsquos and DErsquos are allowed to create the Project and its structure
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2728
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 26 of 28
24 FAQ - At which transaction should I attach survey report25 FAQ - I have attached the document but it is not opening
Answer -Any document related to Project can be attached via CV01n transaction
Note - Any document which need to be attached into SAP System against Project itshould be PDF MS office 2003 files (eg doc) or MS Office 2007 file (docx) only
26 FAQ - In my Old Files I have use used Note-sheet how can I create note-sheet into system
27 FAQ - I am not able to see my Note-sheet for all cutover projects28 FAQ - What should I enter in Sent mail to29 FAQ - I have entered the note sheet but it is visible properly to the person I
have sent
Answer - As in post ERP scenario note-sheet was widely used with every file sameway in ERP a note-sheet has been developed (transaction code ZPS_Notesheet)which will act in same way and can be used against each Project
To use an ERP note sheet just go to Transaction ZPS_notesheet then enter the WBSElement for which note sheet need to createdupdate Enter the HRMS number towhom it should be sent keeping in mind that the first digit from the HRMS numbershould be removed (in case HRMS number is not known same can be search viaclicking into match code button) Enter the comments in the Note sheet from the first
line ie without leaving any line in between as well as the first line and click on tosent button Note sheet will be available in SAP inbox of the person to whom it wassent to
Note - For all previous Project data (cutover project) note sheet has not beentaken into ERP and need to be referred manually by a respect person or the samecan be scanned and can be attached as document in ERP
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2828
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
210 FAQ - I am not able to do the Good Issue against project211 FAQ - At the time Goods issue against reservation I am getting an error
message ldquoDocument does not contain any itemsrdquo
Answer - Note that this issue might be there for projects related to ldquoCut OverrdquoOnly Next In order to overcome this issue please check the following settings andmake the necessary changes as shown below-
bull Go to T Code - CN22
bull Select the internal ActivitySelect the component Overview-Go to Component
overview details
bull Go to ldquoProcurement Parameterrdquo Tab
bull Check that the setting for ResPurchase Req is shown as ldquoNeverrdquo and as a result
the Indicator on ldquoMovement Allowedrdquo is not ticked
bull Change this setting manually to-
bull Save and then try the Goods Issue
bull The new settings will allow the Goods issue now
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1528
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 14 of 28
Matchcode Buttons
Button
Keyboard
Shortcut Description Button KeyboardShortcut Description
(Mac) F4 Display Matchcodelist (PC)
F4 Display Matchcode list
F6
Insert in personallist Click on anitem then on thebutton
Shift F6
Display personal valuelist After you create thepersonal list click on thebutton to end the list
Shift F6
Restores the
original Matchcodelist (PC only) Shift F4
Hold list displayed whileyou make a selection
Click on the button thendouble-click to select avalue
Working with Data
Button
KeyboardShortcut Description Button
KeyboardShortcut Description
Ctrl F1 Select all items onscreen Ctrl F2
Deselect all itemson screen
Ctrl F3
Startend of blockSelect the first itemclick the button Selectthe last item click thebutton
Ctrl F6 Display results
F7 Display all possiblevalues F8 Collapse all levels
Ctrl ShiftF5
Sort in ascending orderChange sort order todescending orascending (Fund Analysis rpt)
Ctrl ShiftF4
Sort in descendingorder
F2 Selection optionsChoose values gt lt etc Shift F4
Dynamic selectionsSelect additionalfields for searchcriteria
(Mac) F5
Display -gt ChangeSwitches from display tochange mode
Shift F5 Filter restrict valuesto search onMatchcode list
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1628
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 15 of 28
None
Multiple SelectionInclude or excludesingle values or rangesof values
None Replace item backinto workflow inWorkflow Inbox
Using Transactions (Reqs JVs etc)
Button
KeyboardShortcut Description Button
KeyboardShortcut Description
F6 Display headerdetails F2
Display line itemdetails
F2 Display additionalinfo for PO line item None
Services for object(Display JVs Reqs)
Shift F5Ctrl F12
General Statistics
(Reqs)PO History
Shift F5
Display delivery
schedule for a PO lineitem
Ctrl F11 Display deliveryaddress Shift F6
Display conditions for aPO line item
F7 Display the vendoraddress for a PO
Ctrl ShiftF6
Show release strategyfor PO
Formatting Text (Reqs JVs)
Button KeyboardShortcut Description Button KeyboardShortcut Description
Shift F2 Delete selection line (PC only)
Ctrl Shift F2 Copy text (JV lineitem)
(PC only) Ctrl Shift F1 Cut text (JV line item)
Ctrl F10
Shift F6 Item text (POs)Detailed text (JVs)
F9
Paste text into fieldafter you copy or cut itPosition the cursor andclick the button
(Mac only) Shift F4
Search andreplace words inthe JV text screen
F9 Select Click in a lineitem then on thebutton
F6 Create text (JVs)
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1728
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 16 of 28
120 FAQ - I am not aware what value do I need to fill into the field121 FAQ - How to search for the value for a single field122 FAQ - When I click on to Search field I am not do not see any value I got
another window123 FAQ - I am not aware what value do I need to fill into the field
Answer - For many entry fields but not all SAP provides a search function called aMatchcode Matchcodes allow you to select a value from a list or search for a valueby categories of data if there are many possibilitiesTo display the Matchcode button click in an entry field The Matchcode appears onthe right of the field
Types of Matchcodes -
Matchcodes fall into three basic categories
1) Short list or hit list
The values are listed on one screen For longer lists you may need to scroll down tosee all the values
2) Restrict Value Range
Many entries are available for the field A number of tabbed screens with differentcategories display so that you can enter your search criteria
3) Calendar search
A calendar-type dialog box is displayed so that you can select day month and yearThis is used in date fields such as invoice posting date
Hit List Matchcode -
This type of Matchcode is displayed for a list of values An example is theMatchcode for the Business Area field on the Create Project Initial Screenrdquo
bull Click on the Matchcode button in the Business Area field
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1828
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 17 of 28
bull Scroll down to see all values if necessarybull Double click on to a value such as 6101 to select it Same value shall get copied
into Business area field
Restrict Values
bull You can search the hit list for more than one value at a time for example allprofit center available in controlling are ldquo1000rdquo
bull Click the Enter buttonbull Result A list of the values you specified is displayed Double-click to select one
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1928
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 18 of 28
Calendar Search Matchcode-
Click on the Matchcode button The calendar dialog box displays the date on topand from left to right the monthyear week number and dates of the month
To change the month and year
bull Scroll up and down in the navigation bar on the right (see the month and yearchange in the left side of the box)
or
bull Click on either the month day or year displayed on the top Use the up anddown arrows on the right to change them See below
Double-click on the number of the day in the middle corresponding to the month
Result The entire date is copied into the entry field
124 FAQ - I am seeing so many values not relevant to my selection how do I seeonly relevant values
125 FAQ - How do I Insert Values in Personal List
Answer - You can restrict the values and customize your selection though addingthem into ldquoPersonal list optionrdquo
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2028
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 19 of 28
For example User wants to select the Company code during creation of Project forWestern telecom Project and he wants the company code to be inserted into hispersonal list He will follow the below steps
bull Select the value from the drop down list
bull Click on to insert the value in the personal list (Please select the values one
by one)
bull Click on Personal Value List icon to view the values listed in the Personal
list
Note Personal List will be used wherever you want to restrict the values to yourrelevant values only
bull You can move rename or delete favorites or Favorites folders Use the menu
path or Toolbar buttons described below to perform these tasks
Function Procedure
Create a Favorites folder Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Insert Folder
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2128
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 20 of 28
Move the Favorites folder to the bottom of the list of folders
Follow the menu path Extras gtgt SettingsSelect Display favorites at end of list
Move a favorite within a list offavorites
1 Select the favorite
2 Click the Down or Up buttons
Move a Favorites folder within
a list of Favorites folders
1 Select the Favorites folder
2 Click the Down or Up buttons
Rename a favorite See Renaming a Favorite
Rename a Favorites folder 1 Select the Favorites folder
2 Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Change or click
the Change Favorites button
3 Type in the new name and press the Enter button
Delete a favorite or Favoritesfolder
1 Select the favorite or Favorites folder2 Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Delete or click
the Delete Favorites button
126 FAQ - How Can I take a Print out from SAP127 FAQ - Irsquom not able to take a Print out from SAP128 FAQ - I need to take a Print out of a report available in SAP
Answer - Getting Hardcopy of SAP Data and Documents
SAP provides hardcopy output of the electronic data and documents stored in thesystem via the many SAP reports The printed reports are formatted and organizedfor use on paper
If you need a hardcopy of your SAP transactions or data you should use thesereports
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2228
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 21 of 28
bull Make sure you know approximately how many pages of output will be printedby paging through the report on the screen first You can also use the PrintPreview button available on the Print screen after you click on the Print
button
bull Make sure you know where you are printing The default printer in your userprofile is typically one close to your office Your user profile should have adefault printer If it doesnt you will be prompted to enter the printer name atthe time you print the report
bull When you click the Print button you will see a message in the Status Bar withthe print spool number Write down the print spool number You may need it ifthere is a print problem
bull Check the Output device field and make sure that the correct printer name andlocation are showing
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2328
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 22 of 28
bull Note down the Spool requested created at the status bar at the bottom of thescreen
bull Go to transaction SP02 to check the status of Print
129 FAQ - What is the report variant130 FAQ - How can I maintain a report variant131 FAQ - I have certain fixed parameters in Report is there any way by which I
can call transaction and execute same without entering any selectionparameter
132 FAQ - I do not need to see all columns of a report can I get the report whichis specific to my requirements
133 FAQ - I call up the report but do not want to take print out of all columnshow can I hide same and take a print
Answer -A report variant allows you to save the values that you entered into theselection fields on a report Once the variant is saved it can be used every time thereport is run To use a previously saved variant click on the Get Variant button andselect the desired variant The selection fields of the report are then pre-filled withthe values that were saved when the variant was created or last changed Each timeyou run the report using a variant you dont need to retype or select all the values inthe fields
You can create several variants for the same report each one containing differentvalues If you want to use identical selection criteria for multiple reports for
example the same range of cost objects you must create a separate variant for eachreport and then save it with the report where the values will be used
Creating a Report Variant
You can create a variant before a report In the following example a variant iscreated for the Project progress report though the procedure is the same for creatinga variant of any report
1 Enter the values that you want to save in the report fields
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2428
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 23 of 28
2 Click the Save as variant button
3 Type in the name of the variant
4 Type in a Description so that you and others can identify the variant
5 Click the Save button
bull Result The report screen returns with a message at the bottom that the varianthas been saved
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2528
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 24 of 28
Finding a Report Variant
1 Click the Get variant button on the report entry screen
Result A list of variants you searched for is displayed
2 Double-click on a variant to select it
3 Click the Execute button to run the report
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2628
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 25 of 28
134 FAQ - In system status bar message is coming ldquoYou are not authorizerdquo
Answer -When ever user is not authorized to carry out certain transaction system
pop up with the message ldquouser is not authorize to perform the taskrdquo
In case if you still want to take the authorization as a business need take a approvalof your supervisor and inform your system administrator with the approval
In certain cases you are authorized for the transaction but still system give you theerror message ldquoyou are not authorizedrdquo in that case immediately go to transactionSU53 take a screen shot and send same to your system administrator
2 Project System FAQ-
21 FAQ - Which transaction should I refer to create the project22 FAQ - Who all can create the Project23 FAQ - I am a JTO in Telecom office I execute the project at my location but
Irsquom not able to create a single Project
Answer -After log-in into system Go to transaction ldquoCJ01 ndash Create Project initialscreenrdquo to create the projectIn all the areas only EOrsquos and DErsquos are allowed to create the Project and its structure
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2728
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 26 of 28
24 FAQ - At which transaction should I attach survey report25 FAQ - I have attached the document but it is not opening
Answer -Any document related to Project can be attached via CV01n transaction
Note - Any document which need to be attached into SAP System against Project itshould be PDF MS office 2003 files (eg doc) or MS Office 2007 file (docx) only
26 FAQ - In my Old Files I have use used Note-sheet how can I create note-sheet into system
27 FAQ - I am not able to see my Note-sheet for all cutover projects28 FAQ - What should I enter in Sent mail to29 FAQ - I have entered the note sheet but it is visible properly to the person I
have sent
Answer - As in post ERP scenario note-sheet was widely used with every file sameway in ERP a note-sheet has been developed (transaction code ZPS_Notesheet)which will act in same way and can be used against each Project
To use an ERP note sheet just go to Transaction ZPS_notesheet then enter the WBSElement for which note sheet need to createdupdate Enter the HRMS number towhom it should be sent keeping in mind that the first digit from the HRMS numbershould be removed (in case HRMS number is not known same can be search viaclicking into match code button) Enter the comments in the Note sheet from the first
line ie without leaving any line in between as well as the first line and click on tosent button Note sheet will be available in SAP inbox of the person to whom it wassent to
Note - For all previous Project data (cutover project) note sheet has not beentaken into ERP and need to be referred manually by a respect person or the samecan be scanned and can be attached as document in ERP
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2828
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
210 FAQ - I am not able to do the Good Issue against project211 FAQ - At the time Goods issue against reservation I am getting an error
message ldquoDocument does not contain any itemsrdquo
Answer - Note that this issue might be there for projects related to ldquoCut OverrdquoOnly Next In order to overcome this issue please check the following settings andmake the necessary changes as shown below-
bull Go to T Code - CN22
bull Select the internal ActivitySelect the component Overview-Go to Component
overview details
bull Go to ldquoProcurement Parameterrdquo Tab
bull Check that the setting for ResPurchase Req is shown as ldquoNeverrdquo and as a result
the Indicator on ldquoMovement Allowedrdquo is not ticked
bull Change this setting manually to-
bull Save and then try the Goods Issue
bull The new settings will allow the Goods issue now
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1628
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 15 of 28
None
Multiple SelectionInclude or excludesingle values or rangesof values
None Replace item backinto workflow inWorkflow Inbox
Using Transactions (Reqs JVs etc)
Button
KeyboardShortcut Description Button
KeyboardShortcut Description
F6 Display headerdetails F2
Display line itemdetails
F2 Display additionalinfo for PO line item None
Services for object(Display JVs Reqs)
Shift F5Ctrl F12
General Statistics
(Reqs)PO History
Shift F5
Display delivery
schedule for a PO lineitem
Ctrl F11 Display deliveryaddress Shift F6
Display conditions for aPO line item
F7 Display the vendoraddress for a PO
Ctrl ShiftF6
Show release strategyfor PO
Formatting Text (Reqs JVs)
Button KeyboardShortcut Description Button KeyboardShortcut Description
Shift F2 Delete selection line (PC only)
Ctrl Shift F2 Copy text (JV lineitem)
(PC only) Ctrl Shift F1 Cut text (JV line item)
Ctrl F10
Shift F6 Item text (POs)Detailed text (JVs)
F9
Paste text into fieldafter you copy or cut itPosition the cursor andclick the button
(Mac only) Shift F4
Search andreplace words inthe JV text screen
F9 Select Click in a lineitem then on thebutton
F6 Create text (JVs)
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1728
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 16 of 28
120 FAQ - I am not aware what value do I need to fill into the field121 FAQ - How to search for the value for a single field122 FAQ - When I click on to Search field I am not do not see any value I got
another window123 FAQ - I am not aware what value do I need to fill into the field
Answer - For many entry fields but not all SAP provides a search function called aMatchcode Matchcodes allow you to select a value from a list or search for a valueby categories of data if there are many possibilitiesTo display the Matchcode button click in an entry field The Matchcode appears onthe right of the field
Types of Matchcodes -
Matchcodes fall into three basic categories
1) Short list or hit list
The values are listed on one screen For longer lists you may need to scroll down tosee all the values
2) Restrict Value Range
Many entries are available for the field A number of tabbed screens with differentcategories display so that you can enter your search criteria
3) Calendar search
A calendar-type dialog box is displayed so that you can select day month and yearThis is used in date fields such as invoice posting date
Hit List Matchcode -
This type of Matchcode is displayed for a list of values An example is theMatchcode for the Business Area field on the Create Project Initial Screenrdquo
bull Click on the Matchcode button in the Business Area field
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1828
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 17 of 28
bull Scroll down to see all values if necessarybull Double click on to a value such as 6101 to select it Same value shall get copied
into Business area field
Restrict Values
bull You can search the hit list for more than one value at a time for example allprofit center available in controlling are ldquo1000rdquo
bull Click the Enter buttonbull Result A list of the values you specified is displayed Double-click to select one
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1928
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 18 of 28
Calendar Search Matchcode-
Click on the Matchcode button The calendar dialog box displays the date on topand from left to right the monthyear week number and dates of the month
To change the month and year
bull Scroll up and down in the navigation bar on the right (see the month and yearchange in the left side of the box)
or
bull Click on either the month day or year displayed on the top Use the up anddown arrows on the right to change them See below
Double-click on the number of the day in the middle corresponding to the month
Result The entire date is copied into the entry field
124 FAQ - I am seeing so many values not relevant to my selection how do I seeonly relevant values
125 FAQ - How do I Insert Values in Personal List
Answer - You can restrict the values and customize your selection though addingthem into ldquoPersonal list optionrdquo
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2028
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 19 of 28
For example User wants to select the Company code during creation of Project forWestern telecom Project and he wants the company code to be inserted into hispersonal list He will follow the below steps
bull Select the value from the drop down list
bull Click on to insert the value in the personal list (Please select the values one
by one)
bull Click on Personal Value List icon to view the values listed in the Personal
list
Note Personal List will be used wherever you want to restrict the values to yourrelevant values only
bull You can move rename or delete favorites or Favorites folders Use the menu
path or Toolbar buttons described below to perform these tasks
Function Procedure
Create a Favorites folder Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Insert Folder
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2128
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 20 of 28
Move the Favorites folder to the bottom of the list of folders
Follow the menu path Extras gtgt SettingsSelect Display favorites at end of list
Move a favorite within a list offavorites
1 Select the favorite
2 Click the Down or Up buttons
Move a Favorites folder within
a list of Favorites folders
1 Select the Favorites folder
2 Click the Down or Up buttons
Rename a favorite See Renaming a Favorite
Rename a Favorites folder 1 Select the Favorites folder
2 Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Change or click
the Change Favorites button
3 Type in the new name and press the Enter button
Delete a favorite or Favoritesfolder
1 Select the favorite or Favorites folder2 Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Delete or click
the Delete Favorites button
126 FAQ - How Can I take a Print out from SAP127 FAQ - Irsquom not able to take a Print out from SAP128 FAQ - I need to take a Print out of a report available in SAP
Answer - Getting Hardcopy of SAP Data and Documents
SAP provides hardcopy output of the electronic data and documents stored in thesystem via the many SAP reports The printed reports are formatted and organizedfor use on paper
If you need a hardcopy of your SAP transactions or data you should use thesereports
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2228
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 21 of 28
bull Make sure you know approximately how many pages of output will be printedby paging through the report on the screen first You can also use the PrintPreview button available on the Print screen after you click on the Print
button
bull Make sure you know where you are printing The default printer in your userprofile is typically one close to your office Your user profile should have adefault printer If it doesnt you will be prompted to enter the printer name atthe time you print the report
bull When you click the Print button you will see a message in the Status Bar withthe print spool number Write down the print spool number You may need it ifthere is a print problem
bull Check the Output device field and make sure that the correct printer name andlocation are showing
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2328
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 22 of 28
bull Note down the Spool requested created at the status bar at the bottom of thescreen
bull Go to transaction SP02 to check the status of Print
129 FAQ - What is the report variant130 FAQ - How can I maintain a report variant131 FAQ - I have certain fixed parameters in Report is there any way by which I
can call transaction and execute same without entering any selectionparameter
132 FAQ - I do not need to see all columns of a report can I get the report whichis specific to my requirements
133 FAQ - I call up the report but do not want to take print out of all columnshow can I hide same and take a print
Answer -A report variant allows you to save the values that you entered into theselection fields on a report Once the variant is saved it can be used every time thereport is run To use a previously saved variant click on the Get Variant button andselect the desired variant The selection fields of the report are then pre-filled withthe values that were saved when the variant was created or last changed Each timeyou run the report using a variant you dont need to retype or select all the values inthe fields
You can create several variants for the same report each one containing differentvalues If you want to use identical selection criteria for multiple reports for
example the same range of cost objects you must create a separate variant for eachreport and then save it with the report where the values will be used
Creating a Report Variant
You can create a variant before a report In the following example a variant iscreated for the Project progress report though the procedure is the same for creatinga variant of any report
1 Enter the values that you want to save in the report fields
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2428
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 23 of 28
2 Click the Save as variant button
3 Type in the name of the variant
4 Type in a Description so that you and others can identify the variant
5 Click the Save button
bull Result The report screen returns with a message at the bottom that the varianthas been saved
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2528
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 24 of 28
Finding a Report Variant
1 Click the Get variant button on the report entry screen
Result A list of variants you searched for is displayed
2 Double-click on a variant to select it
3 Click the Execute button to run the report
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2628
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 25 of 28
134 FAQ - In system status bar message is coming ldquoYou are not authorizerdquo
Answer -When ever user is not authorized to carry out certain transaction system
pop up with the message ldquouser is not authorize to perform the taskrdquo
In case if you still want to take the authorization as a business need take a approvalof your supervisor and inform your system administrator with the approval
In certain cases you are authorized for the transaction but still system give you theerror message ldquoyou are not authorizedrdquo in that case immediately go to transactionSU53 take a screen shot and send same to your system administrator
2 Project System FAQ-
21 FAQ - Which transaction should I refer to create the project22 FAQ - Who all can create the Project23 FAQ - I am a JTO in Telecom office I execute the project at my location but
Irsquom not able to create a single Project
Answer -After log-in into system Go to transaction ldquoCJ01 ndash Create Project initialscreenrdquo to create the projectIn all the areas only EOrsquos and DErsquos are allowed to create the Project and its structure
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2728
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 26 of 28
24 FAQ - At which transaction should I attach survey report25 FAQ - I have attached the document but it is not opening
Answer -Any document related to Project can be attached via CV01n transaction
Note - Any document which need to be attached into SAP System against Project itshould be PDF MS office 2003 files (eg doc) or MS Office 2007 file (docx) only
26 FAQ - In my Old Files I have use used Note-sheet how can I create note-sheet into system
27 FAQ - I am not able to see my Note-sheet for all cutover projects28 FAQ - What should I enter in Sent mail to29 FAQ - I have entered the note sheet but it is visible properly to the person I
have sent
Answer - As in post ERP scenario note-sheet was widely used with every file sameway in ERP a note-sheet has been developed (transaction code ZPS_Notesheet)which will act in same way and can be used against each Project
To use an ERP note sheet just go to Transaction ZPS_notesheet then enter the WBSElement for which note sheet need to createdupdate Enter the HRMS number towhom it should be sent keeping in mind that the first digit from the HRMS numbershould be removed (in case HRMS number is not known same can be search viaclicking into match code button) Enter the comments in the Note sheet from the first
line ie without leaving any line in between as well as the first line and click on tosent button Note sheet will be available in SAP inbox of the person to whom it wassent to
Note - For all previous Project data (cutover project) note sheet has not beentaken into ERP and need to be referred manually by a respect person or the samecan be scanned and can be attached as document in ERP
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2828
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
210 FAQ - I am not able to do the Good Issue against project211 FAQ - At the time Goods issue against reservation I am getting an error
message ldquoDocument does not contain any itemsrdquo
Answer - Note that this issue might be there for projects related to ldquoCut OverrdquoOnly Next In order to overcome this issue please check the following settings andmake the necessary changes as shown below-
bull Go to T Code - CN22
bull Select the internal ActivitySelect the component Overview-Go to Component
overview details
bull Go to ldquoProcurement Parameterrdquo Tab
bull Check that the setting for ResPurchase Req is shown as ldquoNeverrdquo and as a result
the Indicator on ldquoMovement Allowedrdquo is not ticked
bull Change this setting manually to-
bull Save and then try the Goods Issue
bull The new settings will allow the Goods issue now
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1728
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 16 of 28
120 FAQ - I am not aware what value do I need to fill into the field121 FAQ - How to search for the value for a single field122 FAQ - When I click on to Search field I am not do not see any value I got
another window123 FAQ - I am not aware what value do I need to fill into the field
Answer - For many entry fields but not all SAP provides a search function called aMatchcode Matchcodes allow you to select a value from a list or search for a valueby categories of data if there are many possibilitiesTo display the Matchcode button click in an entry field The Matchcode appears onthe right of the field
Types of Matchcodes -
Matchcodes fall into three basic categories
1) Short list or hit list
The values are listed on one screen For longer lists you may need to scroll down tosee all the values
2) Restrict Value Range
Many entries are available for the field A number of tabbed screens with differentcategories display so that you can enter your search criteria
3) Calendar search
A calendar-type dialog box is displayed so that you can select day month and yearThis is used in date fields such as invoice posting date
Hit List Matchcode -
This type of Matchcode is displayed for a list of values An example is theMatchcode for the Business Area field on the Create Project Initial Screenrdquo
bull Click on the Matchcode button in the Business Area field
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1828
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 17 of 28
bull Scroll down to see all values if necessarybull Double click on to a value such as 6101 to select it Same value shall get copied
into Business area field
Restrict Values
bull You can search the hit list for more than one value at a time for example allprofit center available in controlling are ldquo1000rdquo
bull Click the Enter buttonbull Result A list of the values you specified is displayed Double-click to select one
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1928
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 18 of 28
Calendar Search Matchcode-
Click on the Matchcode button The calendar dialog box displays the date on topand from left to right the monthyear week number and dates of the month
To change the month and year
bull Scroll up and down in the navigation bar on the right (see the month and yearchange in the left side of the box)
or
bull Click on either the month day or year displayed on the top Use the up anddown arrows on the right to change them See below
Double-click on the number of the day in the middle corresponding to the month
Result The entire date is copied into the entry field
124 FAQ - I am seeing so many values not relevant to my selection how do I seeonly relevant values
125 FAQ - How do I Insert Values in Personal List
Answer - You can restrict the values and customize your selection though addingthem into ldquoPersonal list optionrdquo
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2028
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 19 of 28
For example User wants to select the Company code during creation of Project forWestern telecom Project and he wants the company code to be inserted into hispersonal list He will follow the below steps
bull Select the value from the drop down list
bull Click on to insert the value in the personal list (Please select the values one
by one)
bull Click on Personal Value List icon to view the values listed in the Personal
list
Note Personal List will be used wherever you want to restrict the values to yourrelevant values only
bull You can move rename or delete favorites or Favorites folders Use the menu
path or Toolbar buttons described below to perform these tasks
Function Procedure
Create a Favorites folder Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Insert Folder
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2128
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 20 of 28
Move the Favorites folder to the bottom of the list of folders
Follow the menu path Extras gtgt SettingsSelect Display favorites at end of list
Move a favorite within a list offavorites
1 Select the favorite
2 Click the Down or Up buttons
Move a Favorites folder within
a list of Favorites folders
1 Select the Favorites folder
2 Click the Down or Up buttons
Rename a favorite See Renaming a Favorite
Rename a Favorites folder 1 Select the Favorites folder
2 Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Change or click
the Change Favorites button
3 Type in the new name and press the Enter button
Delete a favorite or Favoritesfolder
1 Select the favorite or Favorites folder2 Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Delete or click
the Delete Favorites button
126 FAQ - How Can I take a Print out from SAP127 FAQ - Irsquom not able to take a Print out from SAP128 FAQ - I need to take a Print out of a report available in SAP
Answer - Getting Hardcopy of SAP Data and Documents
SAP provides hardcopy output of the electronic data and documents stored in thesystem via the many SAP reports The printed reports are formatted and organizedfor use on paper
If you need a hardcopy of your SAP transactions or data you should use thesereports
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2228
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 21 of 28
bull Make sure you know approximately how many pages of output will be printedby paging through the report on the screen first You can also use the PrintPreview button available on the Print screen after you click on the Print
button
bull Make sure you know where you are printing The default printer in your userprofile is typically one close to your office Your user profile should have adefault printer If it doesnt you will be prompted to enter the printer name atthe time you print the report
bull When you click the Print button you will see a message in the Status Bar withthe print spool number Write down the print spool number You may need it ifthere is a print problem
bull Check the Output device field and make sure that the correct printer name andlocation are showing
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2328
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 22 of 28
bull Note down the Spool requested created at the status bar at the bottom of thescreen
bull Go to transaction SP02 to check the status of Print
129 FAQ - What is the report variant130 FAQ - How can I maintain a report variant131 FAQ - I have certain fixed parameters in Report is there any way by which I
can call transaction and execute same without entering any selectionparameter
132 FAQ - I do not need to see all columns of a report can I get the report whichis specific to my requirements
133 FAQ - I call up the report but do not want to take print out of all columnshow can I hide same and take a print
Answer -A report variant allows you to save the values that you entered into theselection fields on a report Once the variant is saved it can be used every time thereport is run To use a previously saved variant click on the Get Variant button andselect the desired variant The selection fields of the report are then pre-filled withthe values that were saved when the variant was created or last changed Each timeyou run the report using a variant you dont need to retype or select all the values inthe fields
You can create several variants for the same report each one containing differentvalues If you want to use identical selection criteria for multiple reports for
example the same range of cost objects you must create a separate variant for eachreport and then save it with the report where the values will be used
Creating a Report Variant
You can create a variant before a report In the following example a variant iscreated for the Project progress report though the procedure is the same for creatinga variant of any report
1 Enter the values that you want to save in the report fields
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2428
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 23 of 28
2 Click the Save as variant button
3 Type in the name of the variant
4 Type in a Description so that you and others can identify the variant
5 Click the Save button
bull Result The report screen returns with a message at the bottom that the varianthas been saved
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2528
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 24 of 28
Finding a Report Variant
1 Click the Get variant button on the report entry screen
Result A list of variants you searched for is displayed
2 Double-click on a variant to select it
3 Click the Execute button to run the report
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2628
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 25 of 28
134 FAQ - In system status bar message is coming ldquoYou are not authorizerdquo
Answer -When ever user is not authorized to carry out certain transaction system
pop up with the message ldquouser is not authorize to perform the taskrdquo
In case if you still want to take the authorization as a business need take a approvalof your supervisor and inform your system administrator with the approval
In certain cases you are authorized for the transaction but still system give you theerror message ldquoyou are not authorizedrdquo in that case immediately go to transactionSU53 take a screen shot and send same to your system administrator
2 Project System FAQ-
21 FAQ - Which transaction should I refer to create the project22 FAQ - Who all can create the Project23 FAQ - I am a JTO in Telecom office I execute the project at my location but
Irsquom not able to create a single Project
Answer -After log-in into system Go to transaction ldquoCJ01 ndash Create Project initialscreenrdquo to create the projectIn all the areas only EOrsquos and DErsquos are allowed to create the Project and its structure
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2728
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 26 of 28
24 FAQ - At which transaction should I attach survey report25 FAQ - I have attached the document but it is not opening
Answer -Any document related to Project can be attached via CV01n transaction
Note - Any document which need to be attached into SAP System against Project itshould be PDF MS office 2003 files (eg doc) or MS Office 2007 file (docx) only
26 FAQ - In my Old Files I have use used Note-sheet how can I create note-sheet into system
27 FAQ - I am not able to see my Note-sheet for all cutover projects28 FAQ - What should I enter in Sent mail to29 FAQ - I have entered the note sheet but it is visible properly to the person I
have sent
Answer - As in post ERP scenario note-sheet was widely used with every file sameway in ERP a note-sheet has been developed (transaction code ZPS_Notesheet)which will act in same way and can be used against each Project
To use an ERP note sheet just go to Transaction ZPS_notesheet then enter the WBSElement for which note sheet need to createdupdate Enter the HRMS number towhom it should be sent keeping in mind that the first digit from the HRMS numbershould be removed (in case HRMS number is not known same can be search viaclicking into match code button) Enter the comments in the Note sheet from the first
line ie without leaving any line in between as well as the first line and click on tosent button Note sheet will be available in SAP inbox of the person to whom it wassent to
Note - For all previous Project data (cutover project) note sheet has not beentaken into ERP and need to be referred manually by a respect person or the samecan be scanned and can be attached as document in ERP
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2828
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
210 FAQ - I am not able to do the Good Issue against project211 FAQ - At the time Goods issue against reservation I am getting an error
message ldquoDocument does not contain any itemsrdquo
Answer - Note that this issue might be there for projects related to ldquoCut OverrdquoOnly Next In order to overcome this issue please check the following settings andmake the necessary changes as shown below-
bull Go to T Code - CN22
bull Select the internal ActivitySelect the component Overview-Go to Component
overview details
bull Go to ldquoProcurement Parameterrdquo Tab
bull Check that the setting for ResPurchase Req is shown as ldquoNeverrdquo and as a result
the Indicator on ldquoMovement Allowedrdquo is not ticked
bull Change this setting manually to-
bull Save and then try the Goods Issue
bull The new settings will allow the Goods issue now
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1828
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 17 of 28
bull Scroll down to see all values if necessarybull Double click on to a value such as 6101 to select it Same value shall get copied
into Business area field
Restrict Values
bull You can search the hit list for more than one value at a time for example allprofit center available in controlling are ldquo1000rdquo
bull Click the Enter buttonbull Result A list of the values you specified is displayed Double-click to select one
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1928
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 18 of 28
Calendar Search Matchcode-
Click on the Matchcode button The calendar dialog box displays the date on topand from left to right the monthyear week number and dates of the month
To change the month and year
bull Scroll up and down in the navigation bar on the right (see the month and yearchange in the left side of the box)
or
bull Click on either the month day or year displayed on the top Use the up anddown arrows on the right to change them See below
Double-click on the number of the day in the middle corresponding to the month
Result The entire date is copied into the entry field
124 FAQ - I am seeing so many values not relevant to my selection how do I seeonly relevant values
125 FAQ - How do I Insert Values in Personal List
Answer - You can restrict the values and customize your selection though addingthem into ldquoPersonal list optionrdquo
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2028
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 19 of 28
For example User wants to select the Company code during creation of Project forWestern telecom Project and he wants the company code to be inserted into hispersonal list He will follow the below steps
bull Select the value from the drop down list
bull Click on to insert the value in the personal list (Please select the values one
by one)
bull Click on Personal Value List icon to view the values listed in the Personal
list
Note Personal List will be used wherever you want to restrict the values to yourrelevant values only
bull You can move rename or delete favorites or Favorites folders Use the menu
path or Toolbar buttons described below to perform these tasks
Function Procedure
Create a Favorites folder Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Insert Folder
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2128
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 20 of 28
Move the Favorites folder to the bottom of the list of folders
Follow the menu path Extras gtgt SettingsSelect Display favorites at end of list
Move a favorite within a list offavorites
1 Select the favorite
2 Click the Down or Up buttons
Move a Favorites folder within
a list of Favorites folders
1 Select the Favorites folder
2 Click the Down or Up buttons
Rename a favorite See Renaming a Favorite
Rename a Favorites folder 1 Select the Favorites folder
2 Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Change or click
the Change Favorites button
3 Type in the new name and press the Enter button
Delete a favorite or Favoritesfolder
1 Select the favorite or Favorites folder2 Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Delete or click
the Delete Favorites button
126 FAQ - How Can I take a Print out from SAP127 FAQ - Irsquom not able to take a Print out from SAP128 FAQ - I need to take a Print out of a report available in SAP
Answer - Getting Hardcopy of SAP Data and Documents
SAP provides hardcopy output of the electronic data and documents stored in thesystem via the many SAP reports The printed reports are formatted and organizedfor use on paper
If you need a hardcopy of your SAP transactions or data you should use thesereports
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2228
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 21 of 28
bull Make sure you know approximately how many pages of output will be printedby paging through the report on the screen first You can also use the PrintPreview button available on the Print screen after you click on the Print
button
bull Make sure you know where you are printing The default printer in your userprofile is typically one close to your office Your user profile should have adefault printer If it doesnt you will be prompted to enter the printer name atthe time you print the report
bull When you click the Print button you will see a message in the Status Bar withthe print spool number Write down the print spool number You may need it ifthere is a print problem
bull Check the Output device field and make sure that the correct printer name andlocation are showing
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2328
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 22 of 28
bull Note down the Spool requested created at the status bar at the bottom of thescreen
bull Go to transaction SP02 to check the status of Print
129 FAQ - What is the report variant130 FAQ - How can I maintain a report variant131 FAQ - I have certain fixed parameters in Report is there any way by which I
can call transaction and execute same without entering any selectionparameter
132 FAQ - I do not need to see all columns of a report can I get the report whichis specific to my requirements
133 FAQ - I call up the report but do not want to take print out of all columnshow can I hide same and take a print
Answer -A report variant allows you to save the values that you entered into theselection fields on a report Once the variant is saved it can be used every time thereport is run To use a previously saved variant click on the Get Variant button andselect the desired variant The selection fields of the report are then pre-filled withthe values that were saved when the variant was created or last changed Each timeyou run the report using a variant you dont need to retype or select all the values inthe fields
You can create several variants for the same report each one containing differentvalues If you want to use identical selection criteria for multiple reports for
example the same range of cost objects you must create a separate variant for eachreport and then save it with the report where the values will be used
Creating a Report Variant
You can create a variant before a report In the following example a variant iscreated for the Project progress report though the procedure is the same for creatinga variant of any report
1 Enter the values that you want to save in the report fields
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2428
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 23 of 28
2 Click the Save as variant button
3 Type in the name of the variant
4 Type in a Description so that you and others can identify the variant
5 Click the Save button
bull Result The report screen returns with a message at the bottom that the varianthas been saved
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2528
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 24 of 28
Finding a Report Variant
1 Click the Get variant button on the report entry screen
Result A list of variants you searched for is displayed
2 Double-click on a variant to select it
3 Click the Execute button to run the report
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2628
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 25 of 28
134 FAQ - In system status bar message is coming ldquoYou are not authorizerdquo
Answer -When ever user is not authorized to carry out certain transaction system
pop up with the message ldquouser is not authorize to perform the taskrdquo
In case if you still want to take the authorization as a business need take a approvalof your supervisor and inform your system administrator with the approval
In certain cases you are authorized for the transaction but still system give you theerror message ldquoyou are not authorizedrdquo in that case immediately go to transactionSU53 take a screen shot and send same to your system administrator
2 Project System FAQ-
21 FAQ - Which transaction should I refer to create the project22 FAQ - Who all can create the Project23 FAQ - I am a JTO in Telecom office I execute the project at my location but
Irsquom not able to create a single Project
Answer -After log-in into system Go to transaction ldquoCJ01 ndash Create Project initialscreenrdquo to create the projectIn all the areas only EOrsquos and DErsquos are allowed to create the Project and its structure
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2728
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 26 of 28
24 FAQ - At which transaction should I attach survey report25 FAQ - I have attached the document but it is not opening
Answer -Any document related to Project can be attached via CV01n transaction
Note - Any document which need to be attached into SAP System against Project itshould be PDF MS office 2003 files (eg doc) or MS Office 2007 file (docx) only
26 FAQ - In my Old Files I have use used Note-sheet how can I create note-sheet into system
27 FAQ - I am not able to see my Note-sheet for all cutover projects28 FAQ - What should I enter in Sent mail to29 FAQ - I have entered the note sheet but it is visible properly to the person I
have sent
Answer - As in post ERP scenario note-sheet was widely used with every file sameway in ERP a note-sheet has been developed (transaction code ZPS_Notesheet)which will act in same way and can be used against each Project
To use an ERP note sheet just go to Transaction ZPS_notesheet then enter the WBSElement for which note sheet need to createdupdate Enter the HRMS number towhom it should be sent keeping in mind that the first digit from the HRMS numbershould be removed (in case HRMS number is not known same can be search viaclicking into match code button) Enter the comments in the Note sheet from the first
line ie without leaving any line in between as well as the first line and click on tosent button Note sheet will be available in SAP inbox of the person to whom it wassent to
Note - For all previous Project data (cutover project) note sheet has not beentaken into ERP and need to be referred manually by a respect person or the samecan be scanned and can be attached as document in ERP
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2828
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
210 FAQ - I am not able to do the Good Issue against project211 FAQ - At the time Goods issue against reservation I am getting an error
message ldquoDocument does not contain any itemsrdquo
Answer - Note that this issue might be there for projects related to ldquoCut OverrdquoOnly Next In order to overcome this issue please check the following settings andmake the necessary changes as shown below-
bull Go to T Code - CN22
bull Select the internal ActivitySelect the component Overview-Go to Component
overview details
bull Go to ldquoProcurement Parameterrdquo Tab
bull Check that the setting for ResPurchase Req is shown as ldquoNeverrdquo and as a result
the Indicator on ldquoMovement Allowedrdquo is not ticked
bull Change this setting manually to-
bull Save and then try the Goods Issue
bull The new settings will allow the Goods issue now
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 1928
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 18 of 28
Calendar Search Matchcode-
Click on the Matchcode button The calendar dialog box displays the date on topand from left to right the monthyear week number and dates of the month
To change the month and year
bull Scroll up and down in the navigation bar on the right (see the month and yearchange in the left side of the box)
or
bull Click on either the month day or year displayed on the top Use the up anddown arrows on the right to change them See below
Double-click on the number of the day in the middle corresponding to the month
Result The entire date is copied into the entry field
124 FAQ - I am seeing so many values not relevant to my selection how do I seeonly relevant values
125 FAQ - How do I Insert Values in Personal List
Answer - You can restrict the values and customize your selection though addingthem into ldquoPersonal list optionrdquo
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2028
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 19 of 28
For example User wants to select the Company code during creation of Project forWestern telecom Project and he wants the company code to be inserted into hispersonal list He will follow the below steps
bull Select the value from the drop down list
bull Click on to insert the value in the personal list (Please select the values one
by one)
bull Click on Personal Value List icon to view the values listed in the Personal
list
Note Personal List will be used wherever you want to restrict the values to yourrelevant values only
bull You can move rename or delete favorites or Favorites folders Use the menu
path or Toolbar buttons described below to perform these tasks
Function Procedure
Create a Favorites folder Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Insert Folder
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2128
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 20 of 28
Move the Favorites folder to the bottom of the list of folders
Follow the menu path Extras gtgt SettingsSelect Display favorites at end of list
Move a favorite within a list offavorites
1 Select the favorite
2 Click the Down or Up buttons
Move a Favorites folder within
a list of Favorites folders
1 Select the Favorites folder
2 Click the Down or Up buttons
Rename a favorite See Renaming a Favorite
Rename a Favorites folder 1 Select the Favorites folder
2 Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Change or click
the Change Favorites button
3 Type in the new name and press the Enter button
Delete a favorite or Favoritesfolder
1 Select the favorite or Favorites folder2 Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Delete or click
the Delete Favorites button
126 FAQ - How Can I take a Print out from SAP127 FAQ - Irsquom not able to take a Print out from SAP128 FAQ - I need to take a Print out of a report available in SAP
Answer - Getting Hardcopy of SAP Data and Documents
SAP provides hardcopy output of the electronic data and documents stored in thesystem via the many SAP reports The printed reports are formatted and organizedfor use on paper
If you need a hardcopy of your SAP transactions or data you should use thesereports
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2228
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 21 of 28
bull Make sure you know approximately how many pages of output will be printedby paging through the report on the screen first You can also use the PrintPreview button available on the Print screen after you click on the Print
button
bull Make sure you know where you are printing The default printer in your userprofile is typically one close to your office Your user profile should have adefault printer If it doesnt you will be prompted to enter the printer name atthe time you print the report
bull When you click the Print button you will see a message in the Status Bar withthe print spool number Write down the print spool number You may need it ifthere is a print problem
bull Check the Output device field and make sure that the correct printer name andlocation are showing
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2328
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 22 of 28
bull Note down the Spool requested created at the status bar at the bottom of thescreen
bull Go to transaction SP02 to check the status of Print
129 FAQ - What is the report variant130 FAQ - How can I maintain a report variant131 FAQ - I have certain fixed parameters in Report is there any way by which I
can call transaction and execute same without entering any selectionparameter
132 FAQ - I do not need to see all columns of a report can I get the report whichis specific to my requirements
133 FAQ - I call up the report but do not want to take print out of all columnshow can I hide same and take a print
Answer -A report variant allows you to save the values that you entered into theselection fields on a report Once the variant is saved it can be used every time thereport is run To use a previously saved variant click on the Get Variant button andselect the desired variant The selection fields of the report are then pre-filled withthe values that were saved when the variant was created or last changed Each timeyou run the report using a variant you dont need to retype or select all the values inthe fields
You can create several variants for the same report each one containing differentvalues If you want to use identical selection criteria for multiple reports for
example the same range of cost objects you must create a separate variant for eachreport and then save it with the report where the values will be used
Creating a Report Variant
You can create a variant before a report In the following example a variant iscreated for the Project progress report though the procedure is the same for creatinga variant of any report
1 Enter the values that you want to save in the report fields
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2428
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 23 of 28
2 Click the Save as variant button
3 Type in the name of the variant
4 Type in a Description so that you and others can identify the variant
5 Click the Save button
bull Result The report screen returns with a message at the bottom that the varianthas been saved
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2528
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 24 of 28
Finding a Report Variant
1 Click the Get variant button on the report entry screen
Result A list of variants you searched for is displayed
2 Double-click on a variant to select it
3 Click the Execute button to run the report
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2628
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 25 of 28
134 FAQ - In system status bar message is coming ldquoYou are not authorizerdquo
Answer -When ever user is not authorized to carry out certain transaction system
pop up with the message ldquouser is not authorize to perform the taskrdquo
In case if you still want to take the authorization as a business need take a approvalof your supervisor and inform your system administrator with the approval
In certain cases you are authorized for the transaction but still system give you theerror message ldquoyou are not authorizedrdquo in that case immediately go to transactionSU53 take a screen shot and send same to your system administrator
2 Project System FAQ-
21 FAQ - Which transaction should I refer to create the project22 FAQ - Who all can create the Project23 FAQ - I am a JTO in Telecom office I execute the project at my location but
Irsquom not able to create a single Project
Answer -After log-in into system Go to transaction ldquoCJ01 ndash Create Project initialscreenrdquo to create the projectIn all the areas only EOrsquos and DErsquos are allowed to create the Project and its structure
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2728
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 26 of 28
24 FAQ - At which transaction should I attach survey report25 FAQ - I have attached the document but it is not opening
Answer -Any document related to Project can be attached via CV01n transaction
Note - Any document which need to be attached into SAP System against Project itshould be PDF MS office 2003 files (eg doc) or MS Office 2007 file (docx) only
26 FAQ - In my Old Files I have use used Note-sheet how can I create note-sheet into system
27 FAQ - I am not able to see my Note-sheet for all cutover projects28 FAQ - What should I enter in Sent mail to29 FAQ - I have entered the note sheet but it is visible properly to the person I
have sent
Answer - As in post ERP scenario note-sheet was widely used with every file sameway in ERP a note-sheet has been developed (transaction code ZPS_Notesheet)which will act in same way and can be used against each Project
To use an ERP note sheet just go to Transaction ZPS_notesheet then enter the WBSElement for which note sheet need to createdupdate Enter the HRMS number towhom it should be sent keeping in mind that the first digit from the HRMS numbershould be removed (in case HRMS number is not known same can be search viaclicking into match code button) Enter the comments in the Note sheet from the first
line ie without leaving any line in between as well as the first line and click on tosent button Note sheet will be available in SAP inbox of the person to whom it wassent to
Note - For all previous Project data (cutover project) note sheet has not beentaken into ERP and need to be referred manually by a respect person or the samecan be scanned and can be attached as document in ERP
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2828
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
210 FAQ - I am not able to do the Good Issue against project211 FAQ - At the time Goods issue against reservation I am getting an error
message ldquoDocument does not contain any itemsrdquo
Answer - Note that this issue might be there for projects related to ldquoCut OverrdquoOnly Next In order to overcome this issue please check the following settings andmake the necessary changes as shown below-
bull Go to T Code - CN22
bull Select the internal ActivitySelect the component Overview-Go to Component
overview details
bull Go to ldquoProcurement Parameterrdquo Tab
bull Check that the setting for ResPurchase Req is shown as ldquoNeverrdquo and as a result
the Indicator on ldquoMovement Allowedrdquo is not ticked
bull Change this setting manually to-
bull Save and then try the Goods Issue
bull The new settings will allow the Goods issue now
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2028
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 19 of 28
For example User wants to select the Company code during creation of Project forWestern telecom Project and he wants the company code to be inserted into hispersonal list He will follow the below steps
bull Select the value from the drop down list
bull Click on to insert the value in the personal list (Please select the values one
by one)
bull Click on Personal Value List icon to view the values listed in the Personal
list
Note Personal List will be used wherever you want to restrict the values to yourrelevant values only
bull You can move rename or delete favorites or Favorites folders Use the menu
path or Toolbar buttons described below to perform these tasks
Function Procedure
Create a Favorites folder Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Insert Folder
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2128
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 20 of 28
Move the Favorites folder to the bottom of the list of folders
Follow the menu path Extras gtgt SettingsSelect Display favorites at end of list
Move a favorite within a list offavorites
1 Select the favorite
2 Click the Down or Up buttons
Move a Favorites folder within
a list of Favorites folders
1 Select the Favorites folder
2 Click the Down or Up buttons
Rename a favorite See Renaming a Favorite
Rename a Favorites folder 1 Select the Favorites folder
2 Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Change or click
the Change Favorites button
3 Type in the new name and press the Enter button
Delete a favorite or Favoritesfolder
1 Select the favorite or Favorites folder2 Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Delete or click
the Delete Favorites button
126 FAQ - How Can I take a Print out from SAP127 FAQ - Irsquom not able to take a Print out from SAP128 FAQ - I need to take a Print out of a report available in SAP
Answer - Getting Hardcopy of SAP Data and Documents
SAP provides hardcopy output of the electronic data and documents stored in thesystem via the many SAP reports The printed reports are formatted and organizedfor use on paper
If you need a hardcopy of your SAP transactions or data you should use thesereports
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2228
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 21 of 28
bull Make sure you know approximately how many pages of output will be printedby paging through the report on the screen first You can also use the PrintPreview button available on the Print screen after you click on the Print
button
bull Make sure you know where you are printing The default printer in your userprofile is typically one close to your office Your user profile should have adefault printer If it doesnt you will be prompted to enter the printer name atthe time you print the report
bull When you click the Print button you will see a message in the Status Bar withthe print spool number Write down the print spool number You may need it ifthere is a print problem
bull Check the Output device field and make sure that the correct printer name andlocation are showing
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2328
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 22 of 28
bull Note down the Spool requested created at the status bar at the bottom of thescreen
bull Go to transaction SP02 to check the status of Print
129 FAQ - What is the report variant130 FAQ - How can I maintain a report variant131 FAQ - I have certain fixed parameters in Report is there any way by which I
can call transaction and execute same without entering any selectionparameter
132 FAQ - I do not need to see all columns of a report can I get the report whichis specific to my requirements
133 FAQ - I call up the report but do not want to take print out of all columnshow can I hide same and take a print
Answer -A report variant allows you to save the values that you entered into theselection fields on a report Once the variant is saved it can be used every time thereport is run To use a previously saved variant click on the Get Variant button andselect the desired variant The selection fields of the report are then pre-filled withthe values that were saved when the variant was created or last changed Each timeyou run the report using a variant you dont need to retype or select all the values inthe fields
You can create several variants for the same report each one containing differentvalues If you want to use identical selection criteria for multiple reports for
example the same range of cost objects you must create a separate variant for eachreport and then save it with the report where the values will be used
Creating a Report Variant
You can create a variant before a report In the following example a variant iscreated for the Project progress report though the procedure is the same for creatinga variant of any report
1 Enter the values that you want to save in the report fields
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2428
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 23 of 28
2 Click the Save as variant button
3 Type in the name of the variant
4 Type in a Description so that you and others can identify the variant
5 Click the Save button
bull Result The report screen returns with a message at the bottom that the varianthas been saved
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2528
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 24 of 28
Finding a Report Variant
1 Click the Get variant button on the report entry screen
Result A list of variants you searched for is displayed
2 Double-click on a variant to select it
3 Click the Execute button to run the report
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2628
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 25 of 28
134 FAQ - In system status bar message is coming ldquoYou are not authorizerdquo
Answer -When ever user is not authorized to carry out certain transaction system
pop up with the message ldquouser is not authorize to perform the taskrdquo
In case if you still want to take the authorization as a business need take a approvalof your supervisor and inform your system administrator with the approval
In certain cases you are authorized for the transaction but still system give you theerror message ldquoyou are not authorizedrdquo in that case immediately go to transactionSU53 take a screen shot and send same to your system administrator
2 Project System FAQ-
21 FAQ - Which transaction should I refer to create the project22 FAQ - Who all can create the Project23 FAQ - I am a JTO in Telecom office I execute the project at my location but
Irsquom not able to create a single Project
Answer -After log-in into system Go to transaction ldquoCJ01 ndash Create Project initialscreenrdquo to create the projectIn all the areas only EOrsquos and DErsquos are allowed to create the Project and its structure
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2728
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 26 of 28
24 FAQ - At which transaction should I attach survey report25 FAQ - I have attached the document but it is not opening
Answer -Any document related to Project can be attached via CV01n transaction
Note - Any document which need to be attached into SAP System against Project itshould be PDF MS office 2003 files (eg doc) or MS Office 2007 file (docx) only
26 FAQ - In my Old Files I have use used Note-sheet how can I create note-sheet into system
27 FAQ - I am not able to see my Note-sheet for all cutover projects28 FAQ - What should I enter in Sent mail to29 FAQ - I have entered the note sheet but it is visible properly to the person I
have sent
Answer - As in post ERP scenario note-sheet was widely used with every file sameway in ERP a note-sheet has been developed (transaction code ZPS_Notesheet)which will act in same way and can be used against each Project
To use an ERP note sheet just go to Transaction ZPS_notesheet then enter the WBSElement for which note sheet need to createdupdate Enter the HRMS number towhom it should be sent keeping in mind that the first digit from the HRMS numbershould be removed (in case HRMS number is not known same can be search viaclicking into match code button) Enter the comments in the Note sheet from the first
line ie without leaving any line in between as well as the first line and click on tosent button Note sheet will be available in SAP inbox of the person to whom it wassent to
Note - For all previous Project data (cutover project) note sheet has not beentaken into ERP and need to be referred manually by a respect person or the samecan be scanned and can be attached as document in ERP
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2828
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
210 FAQ - I am not able to do the Good Issue against project211 FAQ - At the time Goods issue against reservation I am getting an error
message ldquoDocument does not contain any itemsrdquo
Answer - Note that this issue might be there for projects related to ldquoCut OverrdquoOnly Next In order to overcome this issue please check the following settings andmake the necessary changes as shown below-
bull Go to T Code - CN22
bull Select the internal ActivitySelect the component Overview-Go to Component
overview details
bull Go to ldquoProcurement Parameterrdquo Tab
bull Check that the setting for ResPurchase Req is shown as ldquoNeverrdquo and as a result
the Indicator on ldquoMovement Allowedrdquo is not ticked
bull Change this setting manually to-
bull Save and then try the Goods Issue
bull The new settings will allow the Goods issue now
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2128
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 20 of 28
Move the Favorites folder to the bottom of the list of folders
Follow the menu path Extras gtgt SettingsSelect Display favorites at end of list
Move a favorite within a list offavorites
1 Select the favorite
2 Click the Down or Up buttons
Move a Favorites folder within
a list of Favorites folders
1 Select the Favorites folder
2 Click the Down or Up buttons
Rename a favorite See Renaming a Favorite
Rename a Favorites folder 1 Select the Favorites folder
2 Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Change or click
the Change Favorites button
3 Type in the new name and press the Enter button
Delete a favorite or Favoritesfolder
1 Select the favorite or Favorites folder2 Follow the menu path Favorites gtgt Delete or click
the Delete Favorites button
126 FAQ - How Can I take a Print out from SAP127 FAQ - Irsquom not able to take a Print out from SAP128 FAQ - I need to take a Print out of a report available in SAP
Answer - Getting Hardcopy of SAP Data and Documents
SAP provides hardcopy output of the electronic data and documents stored in thesystem via the many SAP reports The printed reports are formatted and organizedfor use on paper
If you need a hardcopy of your SAP transactions or data you should use thesereports
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2228
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 21 of 28
bull Make sure you know approximately how many pages of output will be printedby paging through the report on the screen first You can also use the PrintPreview button available on the Print screen after you click on the Print
button
bull Make sure you know where you are printing The default printer in your userprofile is typically one close to your office Your user profile should have adefault printer If it doesnt you will be prompted to enter the printer name atthe time you print the report
bull When you click the Print button you will see a message in the Status Bar withthe print spool number Write down the print spool number You may need it ifthere is a print problem
bull Check the Output device field and make sure that the correct printer name andlocation are showing
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2328
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 22 of 28
bull Note down the Spool requested created at the status bar at the bottom of thescreen
bull Go to transaction SP02 to check the status of Print
129 FAQ - What is the report variant130 FAQ - How can I maintain a report variant131 FAQ - I have certain fixed parameters in Report is there any way by which I
can call transaction and execute same without entering any selectionparameter
132 FAQ - I do not need to see all columns of a report can I get the report whichis specific to my requirements
133 FAQ - I call up the report but do not want to take print out of all columnshow can I hide same and take a print
Answer -A report variant allows you to save the values that you entered into theselection fields on a report Once the variant is saved it can be used every time thereport is run To use a previously saved variant click on the Get Variant button andselect the desired variant The selection fields of the report are then pre-filled withthe values that were saved when the variant was created or last changed Each timeyou run the report using a variant you dont need to retype or select all the values inthe fields
You can create several variants for the same report each one containing differentvalues If you want to use identical selection criteria for multiple reports for
example the same range of cost objects you must create a separate variant for eachreport and then save it with the report where the values will be used
Creating a Report Variant
You can create a variant before a report In the following example a variant iscreated for the Project progress report though the procedure is the same for creatinga variant of any report
1 Enter the values that you want to save in the report fields
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2428
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 23 of 28
2 Click the Save as variant button
3 Type in the name of the variant
4 Type in a Description so that you and others can identify the variant
5 Click the Save button
bull Result The report screen returns with a message at the bottom that the varianthas been saved
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2528
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 24 of 28
Finding a Report Variant
1 Click the Get variant button on the report entry screen
Result A list of variants you searched for is displayed
2 Double-click on a variant to select it
3 Click the Execute button to run the report
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2628
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 25 of 28
134 FAQ - In system status bar message is coming ldquoYou are not authorizerdquo
Answer -When ever user is not authorized to carry out certain transaction system
pop up with the message ldquouser is not authorize to perform the taskrdquo
In case if you still want to take the authorization as a business need take a approvalof your supervisor and inform your system administrator with the approval
In certain cases you are authorized for the transaction but still system give you theerror message ldquoyou are not authorizedrdquo in that case immediately go to transactionSU53 take a screen shot and send same to your system administrator
2 Project System FAQ-
21 FAQ - Which transaction should I refer to create the project22 FAQ - Who all can create the Project23 FAQ - I am a JTO in Telecom office I execute the project at my location but
Irsquom not able to create a single Project
Answer -After log-in into system Go to transaction ldquoCJ01 ndash Create Project initialscreenrdquo to create the projectIn all the areas only EOrsquos and DErsquos are allowed to create the Project and its structure
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2728
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 26 of 28
24 FAQ - At which transaction should I attach survey report25 FAQ - I have attached the document but it is not opening
Answer -Any document related to Project can be attached via CV01n transaction
Note - Any document which need to be attached into SAP System against Project itshould be PDF MS office 2003 files (eg doc) or MS Office 2007 file (docx) only
26 FAQ - In my Old Files I have use used Note-sheet how can I create note-sheet into system
27 FAQ - I am not able to see my Note-sheet for all cutover projects28 FAQ - What should I enter in Sent mail to29 FAQ - I have entered the note sheet but it is visible properly to the person I
have sent
Answer - As in post ERP scenario note-sheet was widely used with every file sameway in ERP a note-sheet has been developed (transaction code ZPS_Notesheet)which will act in same way and can be used against each Project
To use an ERP note sheet just go to Transaction ZPS_notesheet then enter the WBSElement for which note sheet need to createdupdate Enter the HRMS number towhom it should be sent keeping in mind that the first digit from the HRMS numbershould be removed (in case HRMS number is not known same can be search viaclicking into match code button) Enter the comments in the Note sheet from the first
line ie without leaving any line in between as well as the first line and click on tosent button Note sheet will be available in SAP inbox of the person to whom it wassent to
Note - For all previous Project data (cutover project) note sheet has not beentaken into ERP and need to be referred manually by a respect person or the samecan be scanned and can be attached as document in ERP
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2828
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
210 FAQ - I am not able to do the Good Issue against project211 FAQ - At the time Goods issue against reservation I am getting an error
message ldquoDocument does not contain any itemsrdquo
Answer - Note that this issue might be there for projects related to ldquoCut OverrdquoOnly Next In order to overcome this issue please check the following settings andmake the necessary changes as shown below-
bull Go to T Code - CN22
bull Select the internal ActivitySelect the component Overview-Go to Component
overview details
bull Go to ldquoProcurement Parameterrdquo Tab
bull Check that the setting for ResPurchase Req is shown as ldquoNeverrdquo and as a result
the Indicator on ldquoMovement Allowedrdquo is not ticked
bull Change this setting manually to-
bull Save and then try the Goods Issue
bull The new settings will allow the Goods issue now
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2228
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 21 of 28
bull Make sure you know approximately how many pages of output will be printedby paging through the report on the screen first You can also use the PrintPreview button available on the Print screen after you click on the Print
button
bull Make sure you know where you are printing The default printer in your userprofile is typically one close to your office Your user profile should have adefault printer If it doesnt you will be prompted to enter the printer name atthe time you print the report
bull When you click the Print button you will see a message in the Status Bar withthe print spool number Write down the print spool number You may need it ifthere is a print problem
bull Check the Output device field and make sure that the correct printer name andlocation are showing
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2328
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 22 of 28
bull Note down the Spool requested created at the status bar at the bottom of thescreen
bull Go to transaction SP02 to check the status of Print
129 FAQ - What is the report variant130 FAQ - How can I maintain a report variant131 FAQ - I have certain fixed parameters in Report is there any way by which I
can call transaction and execute same without entering any selectionparameter
132 FAQ - I do not need to see all columns of a report can I get the report whichis specific to my requirements
133 FAQ - I call up the report but do not want to take print out of all columnshow can I hide same and take a print
Answer -A report variant allows you to save the values that you entered into theselection fields on a report Once the variant is saved it can be used every time thereport is run To use a previously saved variant click on the Get Variant button andselect the desired variant The selection fields of the report are then pre-filled withthe values that were saved when the variant was created or last changed Each timeyou run the report using a variant you dont need to retype or select all the values inthe fields
You can create several variants for the same report each one containing differentvalues If you want to use identical selection criteria for multiple reports for
example the same range of cost objects you must create a separate variant for eachreport and then save it with the report where the values will be used
Creating a Report Variant
You can create a variant before a report In the following example a variant iscreated for the Project progress report though the procedure is the same for creatinga variant of any report
1 Enter the values that you want to save in the report fields
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2428
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 23 of 28
2 Click the Save as variant button
3 Type in the name of the variant
4 Type in a Description so that you and others can identify the variant
5 Click the Save button
bull Result The report screen returns with a message at the bottom that the varianthas been saved
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2528
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 24 of 28
Finding a Report Variant
1 Click the Get variant button on the report entry screen
Result A list of variants you searched for is displayed
2 Double-click on a variant to select it
3 Click the Execute button to run the report
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2628
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 25 of 28
134 FAQ - In system status bar message is coming ldquoYou are not authorizerdquo
Answer -When ever user is not authorized to carry out certain transaction system
pop up with the message ldquouser is not authorize to perform the taskrdquo
In case if you still want to take the authorization as a business need take a approvalof your supervisor and inform your system administrator with the approval
In certain cases you are authorized for the transaction but still system give you theerror message ldquoyou are not authorizedrdquo in that case immediately go to transactionSU53 take a screen shot and send same to your system administrator
2 Project System FAQ-
21 FAQ - Which transaction should I refer to create the project22 FAQ - Who all can create the Project23 FAQ - I am a JTO in Telecom office I execute the project at my location but
Irsquom not able to create a single Project
Answer -After log-in into system Go to transaction ldquoCJ01 ndash Create Project initialscreenrdquo to create the projectIn all the areas only EOrsquos and DErsquos are allowed to create the Project and its structure
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2728
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 26 of 28
24 FAQ - At which transaction should I attach survey report25 FAQ - I have attached the document but it is not opening
Answer -Any document related to Project can be attached via CV01n transaction
Note - Any document which need to be attached into SAP System against Project itshould be PDF MS office 2003 files (eg doc) or MS Office 2007 file (docx) only
26 FAQ - In my Old Files I have use used Note-sheet how can I create note-sheet into system
27 FAQ - I am not able to see my Note-sheet for all cutover projects28 FAQ - What should I enter in Sent mail to29 FAQ - I have entered the note sheet but it is visible properly to the person I
have sent
Answer - As in post ERP scenario note-sheet was widely used with every file sameway in ERP a note-sheet has been developed (transaction code ZPS_Notesheet)which will act in same way and can be used against each Project
To use an ERP note sheet just go to Transaction ZPS_notesheet then enter the WBSElement for which note sheet need to createdupdate Enter the HRMS number towhom it should be sent keeping in mind that the first digit from the HRMS numbershould be removed (in case HRMS number is not known same can be search viaclicking into match code button) Enter the comments in the Note sheet from the first
line ie without leaving any line in between as well as the first line and click on tosent button Note sheet will be available in SAP inbox of the person to whom it wassent to
Note - For all previous Project data (cutover project) note sheet has not beentaken into ERP and need to be referred manually by a respect person or the samecan be scanned and can be attached as document in ERP
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2828
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
210 FAQ - I am not able to do the Good Issue against project211 FAQ - At the time Goods issue against reservation I am getting an error
message ldquoDocument does not contain any itemsrdquo
Answer - Note that this issue might be there for projects related to ldquoCut OverrdquoOnly Next In order to overcome this issue please check the following settings andmake the necessary changes as shown below-
bull Go to T Code - CN22
bull Select the internal ActivitySelect the component Overview-Go to Component
overview details
bull Go to ldquoProcurement Parameterrdquo Tab
bull Check that the setting for ResPurchase Req is shown as ldquoNeverrdquo and as a result
the Indicator on ldquoMovement Allowedrdquo is not ticked
bull Change this setting manually to-
bull Save and then try the Goods Issue
bull The new settings will allow the Goods issue now
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2328
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 22 of 28
bull Note down the Spool requested created at the status bar at the bottom of thescreen
bull Go to transaction SP02 to check the status of Print
129 FAQ - What is the report variant130 FAQ - How can I maintain a report variant131 FAQ - I have certain fixed parameters in Report is there any way by which I
can call transaction and execute same without entering any selectionparameter
132 FAQ - I do not need to see all columns of a report can I get the report whichis specific to my requirements
133 FAQ - I call up the report but do not want to take print out of all columnshow can I hide same and take a print
Answer -A report variant allows you to save the values that you entered into theselection fields on a report Once the variant is saved it can be used every time thereport is run To use a previously saved variant click on the Get Variant button andselect the desired variant The selection fields of the report are then pre-filled withthe values that were saved when the variant was created or last changed Each timeyou run the report using a variant you dont need to retype or select all the values inthe fields
You can create several variants for the same report each one containing differentvalues If you want to use identical selection criteria for multiple reports for
example the same range of cost objects you must create a separate variant for eachreport and then save it with the report where the values will be used
Creating a Report Variant
You can create a variant before a report In the following example a variant iscreated for the Project progress report though the procedure is the same for creatinga variant of any report
1 Enter the values that you want to save in the report fields
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2428
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 23 of 28
2 Click the Save as variant button
3 Type in the name of the variant
4 Type in a Description so that you and others can identify the variant
5 Click the Save button
bull Result The report screen returns with a message at the bottom that the varianthas been saved
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2528
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 24 of 28
Finding a Report Variant
1 Click the Get variant button on the report entry screen
Result A list of variants you searched for is displayed
2 Double-click on a variant to select it
3 Click the Execute button to run the report
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2628
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 25 of 28
134 FAQ - In system status bar message is coming ldquoYou are not authorizerdquo
Answer -When ever user is not authorized to carry out certain transaction system
pop up with the message ldquouser is not authorize to perform the taskrdquo
In case if you still want to take the authorization as a business need take a approvalof your supervisor and inform your system administrator with the approval
In certain cases you are authorized for the transaction but still system give you theerror message ldquoyou are not authorizedrdquo in that case immediately go to transactionSU53 take a screen shot and send same to your system administrator
2 Project System FAQ-
21 FAQ - Which transaction should I refer to create the project22 FAQ - Who all can create the Project23 FAQ - I am a JTO in Telecom office I execute the project at my location but
Irsquom not able to create a single Project
Answer -After log-in into system Go to transaction ldquoCJ01 ndash Create Project initialscreenrdquo to create the projectIn all the areas only EOrsquos and DErsquos are allowed to create the Project and its structure
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2728
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 26 of 28
24 FAQ - At which transaction should I attach survey report25 FAQ - I have attached the document but it is not opening
Answer -Any document related to Project can be attached via CV01n transaction
Note - Any document which need to be attached into SAP System against Project itshould be PDF MS office 2003 files (eg doc) or MS Office 2007 file (docx) only
26 FAQ - In my Old Files I have use used Note-sheet how can I create note-sheet into system
27 FAQ - I am not able to see my Note-sheet for all cutover projects28 FAQ - What should I enter in Sent mail to29 FAQ - I have entered the note sheet but it is visible properly to the person I
have sent
Answer - As in post ERP scenario note-sheet was widely used with every file sameway in ERP a note-sheet has been developed (transaction code ZPS_Notesheet)which will act in same way and can be used against each Project
To use an ERP note sheet just go to Transaction ZPS_notesheet then enter the WBSElement for which note sheet need to createdupdate Enter the HRMS number towhom it should be sent keeping in mind that the first digit from the HRMS numbershould be removed (in case HRMS number is not known same can be search viaclicking into match code button) Enter the comments in the Note sheet from the first
line ie without leaving any line in between as well as the first line and click on tosent button Note sheet will be available in SAP inbox of the person to whom it wassent to
Note - For all previous Project data (cutover project) note sheet has not beentaken into ERP and need to be referred manually by a respect person or the samecan be scanned and can be attached as document in ERP
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2828
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
210 FAQ - I am not able to do the Good Issue against project211 FAQ - At the time Goods issue against reservation I am getting an error
message ldquoDocument does not contain any itemsrdquo
Answer - Note that this issue might be there for projects related to ldquoCut OverrdquoOnly Next In order to overcome this issue please check the following settings andmake the necessary changes as shown below-
bull Go to T Code - CN22
bull Select the internal ActivitySelect the component Overview-Go to Component
overview details
bull Go to ldquoProcurement Parameterrdquo Tab
bull Check that the setting for ResPurchase Req is shown as ldquoNeverrdquo and as a result
the Indicator on ldquoMovement Allowedrdquo is not ticked
bull Change this setting manually to-
bull Save and then try the Goods Issue
bull The new settings will allow the Goods issue now
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2428
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 23 of 28
2 Click the Save as variant button
3 Type in the name of the variant
4 Type in a Description so that you and others can identify the variant
5 Click the Save button
bull Result The report screen returns with a message at the bottom that the varianthas been saved
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2528
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 24 of 28
Finding a Report Variant
1 Click the Get variant button on the report entry screen
Result A list of variants you searched for is displayed
2 Double-click on a variant to select it
3 Click the Execute button to run the report
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2628
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 25 of 28
134 FAQ - In system status bar message is coming ldquoYou are not authorizerdquo
Answer -When ever user is not authorized to carry out certain transaction system
pop up with the message ldquouser is not authorize to perform the taskrdquo
In case if you still want to take the authorization as a business need take a approvalof your supervisor and inform your system administrator with the approval
In certain cases you are authorized for the transaction but still system give you theerror message ldquoyou are not authorizedrdquo in that case immediately go to transactionSU53 take a screen shot and send same to your system administrator
2 Project System FAQ-
21 FAQ - Which transaction should I refer to create the project22 FAQ - Who all can create the Project23 FAQ - I am a JTO in Telecom office I execute the project at my location but
Irsquom not able to create a single Project
Answer -After log-in into system Go to transaction ldquoCJ01 ndash Create Project initialscreenrdquo to create the projectIn all the areas only EOrsquos and DErsquos are allowed to create the Project and its structure
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2728
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 26 of 28
24 FAQ - At which transaction should I attach survey report25 FAQ - I have attached the document but it is not opening
Answer -Any document related to Project can be attached via CV01n transaction
Note - Any document which need to be attached into SAP System against Project itshould be PDF MS office 2003 files (eg doc) or MS Office 2007 file (docx) only
26 FAQ - In my Old Files I have use used Note-sheet how can I create note-sheet into system
27 FAQ - I am not able to see my Note-sheet for all cutover projects28 FAQ - What should I enter in Sent mail to29 FAQ - I have entered the note sheet but it is visible properly to the person I
have sent
Answer - As in post ERP scenario note-sheet was widely used with every file sameway in ERP a note-sheet has been developed (transaction code ZPS_Notesheet)which will act in same way and can be used against each Project
To use an ERP note sheet just go to Transaction ZPS_notesheet then enter the WBSElement for which note sheet need to createdupdate Enter the HRMS number towhom it should be sent keeping in mind that the first digit from the HRMS numbershould be removed (in case HRMS number is not known same can be search viaclicking into match code button) Enter the comments in the Note sheet from the first
line ie without leaving any line in between as well as the first line and click on tosent button Note sheet will be available in SAP inbox of the person to whom it wassent to
Note - For all previous Project data (cutover project) note sheet has not beentaken into ERP and need to be referred manually by a respect person or the samecan be scanned and can be attached as document in ERP
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2828
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
210 FAQ - I am not able to do the Good Issue against project211 FAQ - At the time Goods issue against reservation I am getting an error
message ldquoDocument does not contain any itemsrdquo
Answer - Note that this issue might be there for projects related to ldquoCut OverrdquoOnly Next In order to overcome this issue please check the following settings andmake the necessary changes as shown below-
bull Go to T Code - CN22
bull Select the internal ActivitySelect the component Overview-Go to Component
overview details
bull Go to ldquoProcurement Parameterrdquo Tab
bull Check that the setting for ResPurchase Req is shown as ldquoNeverrdquo and as a result
the Indicator on ldquoMovement Allowedrdquo is not ticked
bull Change this setting manually to-
bull Save and then try the Goods Issue
bull The new settings will allow the Goods issue now
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2528
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 24 of 28
Finding a Report Variant
1 Click the Get variant button on the report entry screen
Result A list of variants you searched for is displayed
2 Double-click on a variant to select it
3 Click the Execute button to run the report
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2628
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 25 of 28
134 FAQ - In system status bar message is coming ldquoYou are not authorizerdquo
Answer -When ever user is not authorized to carry out certain transaction system
pop up with the message ldquouser is not authorize to perform the taskrdquo
In case if you still want to take the authorization as a business need take a approvalof your supervisor and inform your system administrator with the approval
In certain cases you are authorized for the transaction but still system give you theerror message ldquoyou are not authorizedrdquo in that case immediately go to transactionSU53 take a screen shot and send same to your system administrator
2 Project System FAQ-
21 FAQ - Which transaction should I refer to create the project22 FAQ - Who all can create the Project23 FAQ - I am a JTO in Telecom office I execute the project at my location but
Irsquom not able to create a single Project
Answer -After log-in into system Go to transaction ldquoCJ01 ndash Create Project initialscreenrdquo to create the projectIn all the areas only EOrsquos and DErsquos are allowed to create the Project and its structure
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2728
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 26 of 28
24 FAQ - At which transaction should I attach survey report25 FAQ - I have attached the document but it is not opening
Answer -Any document related to Project can be attached via CV01n transaction
Note - Any document which need to be attached into SAP System against Project itshould be PDF MS office 2003 files (eg doc) or MS Office 2007 file (docx) only
26 FAQ - In my Old Files I have use used Note-sheet how can I create note-sheet into system
27 FAQ - I am not able to see my Note-sheet for all cutover projects28 FAQ - What should I enter in Sent mail to29 FAQ - I have entered the note sheet but it is visible properly to the person I
have sent
Answer - As in post ERP scenario note-sheet was widely used with every file sameway in ERP a note-sheet has been developed (transaction code ZPS_Notesheet)which will act in same way and can be used against each Project
To use an ERP note sheet just go to Transaction ZPS_notesheet then enter the WBSElement for which note sheet need to createdupdate Enter the HRMS number towhom it should be sent keeping in mind that the first digit from the HRMS numbershould be removed (in case HRMS number is not known same can be search viaclicking into match code button) Enter the comments in the Note sheet from the first
line ie without leaving any line in between as well as the first line and click on tosent button Note sheet will be available in SAP inbox of the person to whom it wassent to
Note - For all previous Project data (cutover project) note sheet has not beentaken into ERP and need to be referred manually by a respect person or the samecan be scanned and can be attached as document in ERP
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2828
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
210 FAQ - I am not able to do the Good Issue against project211 FAQ - At the time Goods issue against reservation I am getting an error
message ldquoDocument does not contain any itemsrdquo
Answer - Note that this issue might be there for projects related to ldquoCut OverrdquoOnly Next In order to overcome this issue please check the following settings andmake the necessary changes as shown below-
bull Go to T Code - CN22
bull Select the internal ActivitySelect the component Overview-Go to Component
overview details
bull Go to ldquoProcurement Parameterrdquo Tab
bull Check that the setting for ResPurchase Req is shown as ldquoNeverrdquo and as a result
the Indicator on ldquoMovement Allowedrdquo is not ticked
bull Change this setting manually to-
bull Save and then try the Goods Issue
bull The new settings will allow the Goods issue now
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2628
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 25 of 28
134 FAQ - In system status bar message is coming ldquoYou are not authorizerdquo
Answer -When ever user is not authorized to carry out certain transaction system
pop up with the message ldquouser is not authorize to perform the taskrdquo
In case if you still want to take the authorization as a business need take a approvalof your supervisor and inform your system administrator with the approval
In certain cases you are authorized for the transaction but still system give you theerror message ldquoyou are not authorizedrdquo in that case immediately go to transactionSU53 take a screen shot and send same to your system administrator
2 Project System FAQ-
21 FAQ - Which transaction should I refer to create the project22 FAQ - Who all can create the Project23 FAQ - I am a JTO in Telecom office I execute the project at my location but
Irsquom not able to create a single Project
Answer -After log-in into system Go to transaction ldquoCJ01 ndash Create Project initialscreenrdquo to create the projectIn all the areas only EOrsquos and DErsquos are allowed to create the Project and its structure
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2728
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 26 of 28
24 FAQ - At which transaction should I attach survey report25 FAQ - I have attached the document but it is not opening
Answer -Any document related to Project can be attached via CV01n transaction
Note - Any document which need to be attached into SAP System against Project itshould be PDF MS office 2003 files (eg doc) or MS Office 2007 file (docx) only
26 FAQ - In my Old Files I have use used Note-sheet how can I create note-sheet into system
27 FAQ - I am not able to see my Note-sheet for all cutover projects28 FAQ - What should I enter in Sent mail to29 FAQ - I have entered the note sheet but it is visible properly to the person I
have sent
Answer - As in post ERP scenario note-sheet was widely used with every file sameway in ERP a note-sheet has been developed (transaction code ZPS_Notesheet)which will act in same way and can be used against each Project
To use an ERP note sheet just go to Transaction ZPS_notesheet then enter the WBSElement for which note sheet need to createdupdate Enter the HRMS number towhom it should be sent keeping in mind that the first digit from the HRMS numbershould be removed (in case HRMS number is not known same can be search viaclicking into match code button) Enter the comments in the Note sheet from the first
line ie without leaving any line in between as well as the first line and click on tosent button Note sheet will be available in SAP inbox of the person to whom it wassent to
Note - For all previous Project data (cutover project) note sheet has not beentaken into ERP and need to be referred manually by a respect person or the samecan be scanned and can be attached as document in ERP
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2828
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
210 FAQ - I am not able to do the Good Issue against project211 FAQ - At the time Goods issue against reservation I am getting an error
message ldquoDocument does not contain any itemsrdquo
Answer - Note that this issue might be there for projects related to ldquoCut OverrdquoOnly Next In order to overcome this issue please check the following settings andmake the necessary changes as shown below-
bull Go to T Code - CN22
bull Select the internal ActivitySelect the component Overview-Go to Component
overview details
bull Go to ldquoProcurement Parameterrdquo Tab
bull Check that the setting for ResPurchase Req is shown as ldquoNeverrdquo and as a result
the Indicator on ldquoMovement Allowedrdquo is not ticked
bull Change this setting manually to-
bull Save and then try the Goods Issue
bull The new settings will allow the Goods issue now
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2728
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
Page 26 of 28
24 FAQ - At which transaction should I attach survey report25 FAQ - I have attached the document but it is not opening
Answer -Any document related to Project can be attached via CV01n transaction
Note - Any document which need to be attached into SAP System against Project itshould be PDF MS office 2003 files (eg doc) or MS Office 2007 file (docx) only
26 FAQ - In my Old Files I have use used Note-sheet how can I create note-sheet into system
27 FAQ - I am not able to see my Note-sheet for all cutover projects28 FAQ - What should I enter in Sent mail to29 FAQ - I have entered the note sheet but it is visible properly to the person I
have sent
Answer - As in post ERP scenario note-sheet was widely used with every file sameway in ERP a note-sheet has been developed (transaction code ZPS_Notesheet)which will act in same way and can be used against each Project
To use an ERP note sheet just go to Transaction ZPS_notesheet then enter the WBSElement for which note sheet need to createdupdate Enter the HRMS number towhom it should be sent keeping in mind that the first digit from the HRMS numbershould be removed (in case HRMS number is not known same can be search viaclicking into match code button) Enter the comments in the Note sheet from the first
line ie without leaving any line in between as well as the first line and click on tosent button Note sheet will be available in SAP inbox of the person to whom it wassent to
Note - For all previous Project data (cutover project) note sheet has not beentaken into ERP and need to be referred manually by a respect person or the samecan be scanned and can be attached as document in ERP
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2828
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
210 FAQ - I am not able to do the Good Issue against project211 FAQ - At the time Goods issue against reservation I am getting an error
message ldquoDocument does not contain any itemsrdquo
Answer - Note that this issue might be there for projects related to ldquoCut OverrdquoOnly Next In order to overcome this issue please check the following settings andmake the necessary changes as shown below-
bull Go to T Code - CN22
bull Select the internal ActivitySelect the component Overview-Go to Component
overview details
bull Go to ldquoProcurement Parameterrdquo Tab
bull Check that the setting for ResPurchase Req is shown as ldquoNeverrdquo and as a result
the Indicator on ldquoMovement Allowedrdquo is not ticked
bull Change this setting manually to-
bull Save and then try the Goods Issue
bull The new settings will allow the Goods issue now
8122019 WTP ERP PS FAQ
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullwtp-erp-ps-faq 2828
Module Name-Business Process-
Project SystemTransmission Projects
210 FAQ - I am not able to do the Good Issue against project211 FAQ - At the time Goods issue against reservation I am getting an error
message ldquoDocument does not contain any itemsrdquo
Answer - Note that this issue might be there for projects related to ldquoCut OverrdquoOnly Next In order to overcome this issue please check the following settings andmake the necessary changes as shown below-
bull Go to T Code - CN22
bull Select the internal ActivitySelect the component Overview-Go to Component
overview details
bull Go to ldquoProcurement Parameterrdquo Tab
bull Check that the setting for ResPurchase Req is shown as ldquoNeverrdquo and as a result
the Indicator on ldquoMovement Allowedrdquo is not ticked
bull Change this setting manually to-
bull Save and then try the Goods Issue
bull The new settings will allow the Goods issue now